Coverage Report

Created: 2026-07-25 10:20

next uncovered line (L), next uncovered region (R), next uncovered branch (B)
/src/binutils-gdb/bfd/elf32-sh.c
Line
Count
Source
1
/* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
2
   Copyright (C) 1996-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
   Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
4
5
   This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6
7
   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9
   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10
   (at your option) any later version.
11
12
   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
15
   GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17
   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20
   MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
21
22
#include "sysdep.h"
23
#include "bfd.h"
24
#include "bfdlink.h"
25
#include "libbfd.h"
26
#include "elf-bfd.h"
27
#include "elf-vxworks.h"
28
#include "elf/sh.h"
29
#include "dwarf2.h"
30
#include "libiberty.h"
31
#include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
32
33
/* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1.  */
34
12
#define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
35
36
static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
37
  (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
38
static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
39
  (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
40
static bool sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
41
  (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
42
static bool sh_elf_align_loads
43
  (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bool *);
44
static bool sh_elf_swap_insns
45
  (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
46
static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
47
  (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
48
static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
49
  (struct bfd_link_info *);
50
static bfd_vma tpoff
51
  (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
52
53
/* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
54
   section.  */
55
56
0
#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
57
58
/* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack.  */
59
0
#define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
60
61
0
#define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
62
63
/* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
64
   not.  If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
65
   its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker.  */
66
#define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
67
0
  (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
68
0
   || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
69

70
#define SH_PARTIAL32 true
71
#define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
72
#define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
73
static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
74
{
75
#include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
76
};
77
78
#define SH_PARTIAL32 false
79
#define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
80
#define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
81
static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
82
{
83
#include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
84
};
85

86
/* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object.  */
87
88
static bool
89
vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
90
1.00k
{
91
1.00k
#if defined (OBJ_MAYBE_ELF_VXWORKS) && !defined (SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED)
92
1.00k
  extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec;
93
1.00k
  extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_vec;
94
95
1.00k
  return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
96
1.00k
    || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_vec);
97
#else
98
  return false;
99
#endif
100
1.00k
}
101
102
/* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object.  */
103
104
static bool
105
fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
106
2.64k
{
107
2.64k
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
108
2.64k
  extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec;
109
2.64k
  extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec;
110
111
2.64k
  return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
112
2.50k
    || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec);
113
#else
114
  return false;
115
#endif
116
2.64k
}
117
118
/* Return the howto table for ABFD.  */
119
120
static reloc_howto_type *
121
get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
122
1.00k
{
123
1.00k
  if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
124
0
    return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
125
1.00k
  return sh_elf_howto_table;
126
1.00k
}
127
128
static bfd_reloc_status_type
129
sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
130
       asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
131
       bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
132
       bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
133
0
{
134
0
  static bfd_vma last_addr;
135
0
  static asection *last_symbol_section;
136
0
  bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
137
0
  int diff, cum_diff;
138
0
  bfd_signed_vma x;
139
0
  int insn;
140
141
  /* Sanity check the address.  */
142
0
  if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
143
0
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
144
145
  /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
146
     although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards.  */
147
0
  if (! last_addr)
148
0
    {
149
0
      last_addr = addr;
150
0
      last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
151
0
      return bfd_reloc_ok;
152
0
    }
153
0
  if (last_addr != addr)
154
0
    abort ();
155
0
  last_addr = 0;
156
157
0
  if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
158
0
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
159
160
  /* Get the symbol_section contents.  */
161
0
  if (symbol_section != input_section)
162
0
    {
163
0
      if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
164
0
  contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
165
0
      else
166
0
  {
167
0
    if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
168
0
             &contents))
169
0
      {
170
0
        free (contents);
171
0
        return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
172
0
      }
173
0
  }
174
0
    }
175
0
#define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
176
0
  start_ptr = contents + start;
177
0
  for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
178
0
    {
179
0
      for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
180
0
  ptr -= 2;
181
0
      ptr += 2;
182
0
      diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
183
0
      cum_diff += diff & 1;
184
0
      cum_diff += diff;
185
0
    }
186
  /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
187
     so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
188
     addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing.  */
189
0
  if (cum_diff >= 0)
190
0
    {
191
0
      start -= 4;
192
0
      end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
193
0
    }
194
0
  else
195
0
    {
196
0
      bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
197
198
0
      while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
199
0
  start0 -= 2;
200
0
      start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
201
0
      start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
202
0
      end = start0;
203
0
    }
204
205
0
  if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
206
0
    free (contents);
207
208
0
  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
209
210
0
  x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
211
0
  if (input_section != symbol_section)
212
0
    x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
213
0
    - (input_section->output_section->vma
214
0
       + input_section->output_offset));
215
0
  x >>= 1;
216
0
  if (x < -128 || x > 127)
217
0
    return bfd_reloc_overflow;
218
219
0
  x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
220
0
  bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
221
222
0
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
223
0
}
224
225
/* This function is used for normal relocs.  This used to be like the COFF
226
   function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets.  */
227
228
static bfd_reloc_status_type
229
sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
230
        void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
231
        char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
232
12
{
233
12
  bfd_vma insn;
234
12
  bfd_vma sym_value;
235
12
  enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
236
12
  bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
237
12
  bfd_size_type octets = addr * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section);
238
12
  bfd_byte *hit_data = (bfd_byte *) data + octets;
239
240
12
  r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
241
242
12
  if (output_bfd != NULL)
243
0
    {
244
      /* Partial linking--do nothing.  */
245
0
      reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
246
0
      return bfd_reloc_ok;
247
0
    }
248
249
  /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing.  If any work must be
250
     done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section.  */
251
12
  if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
252
0
    return bfd_reloc_ok;
253
254
12
  if (symbol_in != NULL
255
12
      && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
256
1
    return bfd_reloc_undefined;
257
258
  /* PR 17512: file: 9891ca98.  */
259
11
  if (!bfd_reloc_offset_in_range (reloc_entry->howto, abfd,
260
11
          input_section, octets))
261
3
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
262
263
8
  if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
264
0
    sym_value = 0;
265
8
  else
266
8
    sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
267
8
     symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
268
8
     symbol_in->section->output_offset);
269
270
8
  switch (r_type)
271
8
    {
272
8
    case R_SH_DIR32:
273
8
      insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
274
8
      insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
275
8
      bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, hit_data);
276
8
      break;
277
0
    case R_SH_IND12W:
278
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
279
0
      sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
280
0
      sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
281
0
        + input_section->output_offset
282
0
        + addr
283
0
        + 4);
284
0
      sym_value += (((insn & 0xfff) ^ 0x800) - 0x800) << 1;
285
0
      insn = (insn & 0xf000) | ((sym_value >> 1) & 0xfff);
286
0
      bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, hit_data);
287
0
      if (sym_value + 0x1000 >= 0x2000 || (sym_value & 1) != 0)
288
0
  return bfd_reloc_overflow;
289
0
      break;
290
0
    default:
291
0
      abort ();
292
0
      break;
293
8
    }
294
295
8
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
296
8
}
297
298
/* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
299
   which the linker should otherwise ignore.  */
300
301
static bfd_reloc_status_type
302
sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
303
         asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
304
         void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
305
         bfd *output_bfd,
306
         char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
307
330
{
308
330
  if (output_bfd != NULL)
309
0
    reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
310
330
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
311
330
}
312
313
/* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
314
315
struct elf_reloc_map
316
{
317
  bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
318
  unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
319
};
320
321
/* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
322
323
static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
324
{
325
  { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
326
  { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
327
  { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
328
  { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
329
  { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
330
  { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
331
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
332
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
333
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
334
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
335
  { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
336
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
337
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
338
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
339
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
340
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
341
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
342
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
343
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
344
  { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
345
  { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
346
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
347
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
348
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
349
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
350
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
351
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
352
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
353
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
354
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
355
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
356
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT32, R_SH_GOT32 },
357
  { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
358
  { BFD_RELOC_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
359
  { BFD_RELOC_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
360
  { BFD_RELOC_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
361
  { BFD_RELOC_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
362
  { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
363
  { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOTPC },
364
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
365
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
366
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
367
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
368
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
369
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
370
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
371
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
372
};
373
374
/* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
375
   corresponding SH ELF reloc.  */
376
377
static reloc_howto_type *
378
sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
379
0
{
380
0
  unsigned int i;
381
382
0
  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
383
0
    {
384
0
      if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
385
0
  return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
386
0
    }
387
388
0
  return NULL;
389
0
}
390
391
static reloc_howto_type *
392
sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
393
0
{
394
0
  unsigned int i;
395
396
0
  if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
397
0
    {
398
0
      for (i = 0;
399
0
     i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
400
0
    / sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
401
0
     i++)
402
0
  if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
403
0
      && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
404
0
    return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
405
0
    }
406
0
  else
407
0
    {
408
0
      for (i = 0;
409
0
     i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
410
0
    / sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
411
0
     i++)
412
0
  if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
413
0
      && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
414
0
    return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
415
0
    }
416
417
0
  return NULL;
418
0
}
419
420
/* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent.  */
421
422
static bool
423
sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
424
1.03k
{
425
1.03k
  unsigned int r;
426
427
1.03k
  r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
428
429
1.03k
  if (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
430
1.02k
      || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC   && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
431
1.02k
      || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
432
1.01k
      || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
433
1.00k
      || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
434
1.00k
      || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5))
435
35
    {
436
      /* xgettext:c-format */
437
35
      _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
438
35
        abfd, r);
439
35
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
440
35
      return false;
441
35
    }
442
443
1.00k
  cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
444
1.00k
  return true;
445
1.03k
}
446

447
/* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF.  See the corresponding
448
   function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does.  FIXME:
449
   There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
450
   specific code.  The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
451
   into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
452
   could be eliminated somehow.  Note in particular that although both
453
   functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
454
   values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
455
   they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h.  */
456
457
static bool
458
sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
459
          struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bool *again)
460
0
{
461
0
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
462
0
  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
463
0
  bool have_code;
464
0
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
465
0
  bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
466
0
  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
467
468
0
  *again = false;
469
470
0
  if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
471
0
      || (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
472
0
      || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
473
0
      || sec->reloc_count == 0)
474
0
    return true;
475
476
0
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
477
478
0
  internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
479
0
         (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
480
0
          link_info->keep_memory));
481
0
  if (internal_relocs == NULL)
482
0
    goto error_return;
483
484
0
  have_code = false;
485
486
0
  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
487
0
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
488
0
    {
489
0
      bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
490
0
      unsigned short insn;
491
0
      Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
492
0
      bfd_signed_vma foff;
493
494
0
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
495
0
  have_code = true;
496
497
0
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
498
0
  continue;
499
500
      /* Get the section contents.  */
501
0
      if (contents == NULL)
502
0
  {
503
0
    if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
504
0
      contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
505
0
    else
506
0
      {
507
0
        if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
508
0
    goto error_return;
509
0
      }
510
0
  }
511
512
      /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
513
   the register load.  The 4 is because the r_addend field is
514
   computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
515
   from 4 bytes after the jump instruction.  */
516
0
      laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
517
0
      if (laddr >= sec->size)
518
0
  {
519
    /* xgettext:c-format */
520
0
    _bfd_error_handler
521
0
      (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
522
0
       abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
523
0
    continue;
524
0
  }
525
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
526
527
      /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
528
   do.  */
529
0
      if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
530
0
  {
531
0
    _bfd_error_handler
532
      /* xgettext:c-format */
533
0
      (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: "
534
0
         "R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
535
0
       abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset, insn);
536
0
    continue;
537
0
  }
538
539
      /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded.  The
540
   displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled.  It is a
541
   displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
542
   before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
543
   of the PC are cleared.  We assume that the section is aligned
544
   on a four byte boundary.  */
545
0
      paddr = insn & 0xff;
546
0
      paddr *= 4;
547
0
      paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
548
0
      if (paddr >= sec->size)
549
0
  {
550
0
    _bfd_error_handler
551
      /* xgettext:c-format */
552
0
      (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
553
0
       abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
554
0
    continue;
555
0
  }
556
557
      /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
558
   being loaded.  This reloc will tell us which function is
559
   actually being called.  */
560
0
      for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
561
0
  if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
562
0
      && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
563
0
    break;
564
0
      if (irelfn >= irelend)
565
0
  {
566
0
    _bfd_error_handler
567
      /* xgettext:c-format */
568
0
      (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: could not find expected reloc"),
569
0
       abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
570
0
    continue;
571
0
  }
572
573
      /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already.  */
574
0
      if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
575
0
  {
576
0
    isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
577
0
    if (isymbuf == NULL)
578
0
      isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
579
0
              symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
580
0
              NULL, NULL, NULL);
581
0
    if (isymbuf == NULL)
582
0
      goto error_return;
583
0
  }
584
585
      /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc.  */
586
0
      if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
587
0
  {
588
    /* A local symbol.  */
589
0
    Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
590
591
0
    isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
592
0
    if (isym->st_shndx
593
0
        != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
594
0
      {
595
0
        _bfd_error_handler
596
    /* xgettext:c-format */
597
0
    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
598
0
     abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
599
0
        continue;
600
0
      }
601
602
0
    symval = (isym->st_value
603
0
        + sec->output_section->vma
604
0
        + sec->output_offset);
605
0
  }
606
0
      else
607
0
  {
608
0
    unsigned long indx;
609
0
    struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
610
611
0
    indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
612
0
    h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
613
0
    BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
614
0
    if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
615
0
        && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
616
0
      {
617
        /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
618
     symbol.  Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
619
     regular reloc processing.  */
620
0
        continue;
621
0
      }
622
623
0
    symval = (h->root.u.def.value
624
0
        + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
625
0
        + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
626
0
  }
627
628
0
      if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
629
0
  symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
630
0
      else
631
0
  symval += irelfn->r_addend;
632
633
      /* See if this function call can be shortened.  */
634
0
      foff = (symval
635
0
        - (irel->r_offset
636
0
     + sec->output_section->vma
637
0
     + sec->output_offset
638
0
     + 4));
639
      /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
640
   .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
641
   So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
642
   that.  */
643
0
      if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
644
0
  {
645
    /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call.  */
646
0
    continue;
647
0
  }
648
649
      /* Shorten the function call.  */
650
651
      /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
652
   contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table.  We
653
   must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
654
   information.  It would be possible to instead create a table
655
   of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
656
   that would be more work, but would require less memory when
657
   the linker is run.  */
658
659
0
      elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
660
0
      elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
661
0
      symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
662
663
      /* Replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr.  */
664
665
      /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
666
   replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr.  */
667
0
      irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
668
      /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
669
   here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
670
   not if the symbol is in a different section.  Besides, we need
671
   a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
672
   the value of the symbol is not available.  */
673
674
      /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
675
   symbol value may be changed by future relaxing.  We let
676
   the final link phase handle it.  */
677
0
      if (bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset) & 0x0020)
678
0
  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xa000, contents + irel->r_offset);
679
0
      else
680
0
  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
681
682
0
      irel->r_addend = -4;
683
684
      /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
685
   DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above).  However,
686
   the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
687
   have to add it to the addend to preserve it.  */
688
0
      irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
689
690
      /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
691
   register load.  */
692
0
      for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
693
0
  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
694
0
      && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
695
0
    break;
696
0
      if (irelscan < irelend)
697
0
  {
698
    /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
699
       and we have not yet converted that function call.
700
       Indeed, we may never be able to convert it.  There is
701
       nothing else we can do at this point.  */
702
0
    continue;
703
0
  }
704
705
      /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
706
   function address is stored.  Do this before deleting any
707
   bytes, to avoid confusion about the address.  */
708
0
      for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
709
0
  if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
710
0
      && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
711
0
    break;
712
713
      /* Delete the register load.  */
714
0
      if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
715
0
  goto error_return;
716
717
      /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
718
   other function call to come within range, we should relax
719
   again.  Note that this is not required, and it may be slow.  */
720
0
      *again = true;
721
722
      /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc.  */
723
0
      if (irelcount >= irelend)
724
0
  {
725
0
    _bfd_error_handler
726
      /* xgettext:c-format */
727
0
      (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: "
728
0
         "could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
729
0
       abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
730
0
    continue;
731
0
  }
732
733
      /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field.  We've
734
   just deleted one.  */
735
0
      if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
736
0
  {
737
    /* xgettext:c-format */
738
0
    _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad count"),
739
0
            abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
740
0
    continue;
741
0
  }
742
743
0
      --irelcount->r_addend;
744
745
      /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address.  Reload
746
   the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
747
   previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes.  */
748
0
      if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
749
0
  {
750
0
    if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
751
0
      goto error_return;
752
0
  }
753
754
      /* We've done all we can with that function call.  */
755
0
    }
756
757
  /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
758
     byte boundaries.  */
759
0
  if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
760
0
      && have_code)
761
0
    {
762
0
      bool swapped;
763
764
      /* Get the section contents.  */
765
0
      if (contents == NULL)
766
0
  {
767
0
    if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
768
0
      contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
769
0
    else
770
0
      {
771
0
        if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
772
0
    goto error_return;
773
0
      }
774
0
  }
775
776
0
      if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
777
0
        &swapped))
778
0
  goto error_return;
779
780
0
      if (swapped)
781
0
  {
782
0
    elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
783
0
    elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
784
0
    symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
785
0
  }
786
0
    }
787
788
0
  if (isymbuf != NULL
789
0
      && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
790
0
    {
791
0
      if (! link_info->keep_memory)
792
0
  free (isymbuf);
793
0
      else
794
0
  {
795
    /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
796
0
    symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
797
0
  }
798
0
    }
799
800
0
  if (contents != NULL
801
0
      && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
802
0
    {
803
0
      if (! link_info->keep_memory)
804
0
  free (contents);
805
0
      else
806
0
  {
807
    /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
808
0
    elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
809
0
  }
810
0
    }
811
812
0
  if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
813
0
    free (internal_relocs);
814
815
0
  return true;
816
817
0
 error_return:
818
0
  if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
819
0
    free (isymbuf);
820
0
  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
821
0
    free (contents);
822
0
  if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
823
0
    free (internal_relocs);
824
825
0
  return false;
826
0
}
827
828
/* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing.  FIXME: There is a
829
   lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
830
   in coff-sh.c.  */
831
832
static bool
833
sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
834
         int count)
835
0
{
836
0
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
837
0
  unsigned int sec_shndx;
838
0
  bfd_byte *contents;
839
0
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
840
0
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
841
0
  bfd_vma toaddr;
842
0
  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
843
0
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
844
0
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
845
0
  unsigned int symcount;
846
0
  asection *o;
847
848
0
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
849
0
  isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
850
851
0
  sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
852
853
0
  contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
854
855
  /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an alignment
856
     power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting.  */
857
858
0
  irelalign = NULL;
859
0
  toaddr = sec->size;
860
861
0
  irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
862
0
  irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
863
0
  for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
864
0
    {
865
0
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
866
0
    && irel->r_offset > addr
867
0
    && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
868
0
  {
869
0
    irelalign = irel;
870
0
    toaddr = irel->r_offset;
871
0
    break;
872
0
  }
873
0
    }
874
875
  /* Actually delete the bytes.  */
876
0
  memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
877
0
     (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
878
0
  if (irelalign == NULL)
879
0
    sec->size -= count;
880
0
  else
881
0
    {
882
0
      int i;
883
884
0
#define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
885
886
0
      BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
887
0
      for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
888
0
  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
889
0
    }
890
891
  /* Adjust all the relocs.  */
892
0
  for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
893
0
    {
894
0
      bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
895
0
      bfd_vma start = 0;
896
0
      int insn = 0;
897
0
      int off, adjust, oinsn;
898
0
      bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
899
0
      bool overflow;
900
901
      /* Get the new reloc address.  */
902
0
      nraddr = irel->r_offset;
903
0
      if ((irel->r_offset > addr
904
0
     && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
905
0
    || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
906
0
        && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
907
0
  nraddr -= count;
908
909
      /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
910
   case we no longer care about it.  Don't delete relocs which
911
   represent addresses, though.  */
912
0
      if (irel->r_offset >= addr
913
0
    && irel->r_offset < addr + count
914
0
    && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
915
0
    && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
916
0
    && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
917
0
    && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
918
0
  irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
919
0
             (int) R_SH_NONE);
920
921
      /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
922
   includes the bytes we have deleted.  */
923
0
      switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
924
0
  {
925
0
  default:
926
0
    break;
927
928
0
  case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
929
0
  case R_SH_IND12W:
930
0
  case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
931
0
  case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
932
0
    start = irel->r_offset;
933
0
    insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
934
0
    break;
935
0
  }
936
937
0
      switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
938
0
  {
939
0
  default:
940
0
    start = stop = addr;
941
0
    break;
942
943
0
  case R_SH_DIR32:
944
    /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
945
       section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
946
       must check the addend to see it will put the value in
947
       range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed.  */
948
0
    if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
949
0
      {
950
0
        isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
951
0
        if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
952
0
      && (isym->st_value <= addr
953
0
          || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
954
0
    {
955
0
      bfd_vma val;
956
957
0
      if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
958
0
        {
959
0
          val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
960
0
          val += isym->st_value;
961
0
          if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
962
0
      bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
963
0
        }
964
0
      else
965
0
        {
966
0
          val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
967
0
          if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
968
0
      irel->r_addend -= count;
969
0
        }
970
0
    }
971
0
      }
972
0
    start = stop = addr;
973
0
    break;
974
975
0
  case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
976
0
    off = insn & 0xff;
977
0
    if (off & 0x80)
978
0
      off -= 0x100;
979
0
    stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
980
0
    break;
981
982
0
  case R_SH_IND12W:
983
0
    off = insn & 0xfff;
984
0
    if (! off)
985
0
      {
986
        /* This has been made by previous relaxation.  Since the
987
     relocation will be against an external symbol, the
988
     final relocation will just do the right thing.  */
989
0
        start = stop = addr;
990
0
      }
991
0
    else
992
0
      {
993
0
        if (off & 0x800)
994
0
    off -= 0x1000;
995
0
        stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
996
997
        /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
998
     for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
999
     start of the section.
1000
     N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
1001
     test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
1002
     account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4.  */
1003
0
        if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
1004
0
    irel->r_addend -= count;
1005
0
      }
1006
0
    break;
1007
1008
0
  case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1009
0
    off = insn & 0xff;
1010
0
    stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
1011
0
    break;
1012
1013
0
  case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1014
0
    off = insn & 0xff;
1015
0
    stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
1016
0
    break;
1017
1018
0
  case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1019
0
  case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1020
0
  case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1021
    /* These relocs types represent
1022
         .word L2-L1
1023
       The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
1024
       address and L1.  That is the start of the reloc, and
1025
       adding in the contents gives us the top.  We must adjust
1026
       both the r_offset field and the section contents.
1027
       N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
1028
       and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr.  */
1029
1030
0
    stop = irel->r_offset;
1031
0
    start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
1032
1033
0
    if (start > addr
1034
0
        && start < toaddr
1035
0
        && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1036
0
      irel->r_addend += count;
1037
0
    else if (stop > addr
1038
0
       && stop < toaddr
1039
0
       && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1040
0
      irel->r_addend -= count;
1041
1042
0
    if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
1043
0
      voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1044
0
    else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
1045
0
      voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1046
0
    else
1047
0
      voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1048
0
    stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1049
1050
0
    break;
1051
1052
0
  case R_SH_USES:
1053
0
    start = irel->r_offset;
1054
0
    stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
1055
0
          + (long) irel->r_addend
1056
0
          + 4);
1057
0
    break;
1058
0
  }
1059
1060
0
      if (start > addr
1061
0
    && start < toaddr
1062
0
    && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1063
0
  adjust = count;
1064
0
      else if (stop > addr
1065
0
         && stop < toaddr
1066
0
         && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1067
0
  adjust = - count;
1068
0
      else
1069
0
  adjust = 0;
1070
1071
0
      if (adjust != 0)
1072
0
  {
1073
0
    oinsn = insn;
1074
0
    overflow = false;
1075
0
    switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
1076
0
      {
1077
0
      default:
1078
0
        abort ();
1079
0
        break;
1080
1081
0
      case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1082
0
      case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1083
0
        insn += adjust / 2;
1084
0
        if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1085
0
    overflow = true;
1086
0
        bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1087
0
        break;
1088
1089
0
      case R_SH_IND12W:
1090
0
        insn += adjust / 2;
1091
0
        if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1092
0
    overflow = true;
1093
0
        bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1094
0
        break;
1095
1096
0
      case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1097
0
        BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
1098
0
        if (count >= 4)
1099
0
    insn += adjust / 4;
1100
0
        else
1101
0
    {
1102
0
      if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
1103
0
        ++insn;
1104
0
    }
1105
0
        if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1106
0
    overflow = true;
1107
0
        bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1108
0
        break;
1109
1110
0
      case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1111
0
        voff += adjust;
1112
0
        if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
1113
0
    overflow = true;
1114
0
        bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
1115
0
        break;
1116
1117
0
      case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1118
0
        voff += adjust;
1119
0
        if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
1120
0
    overflow = true;
1121
0
        bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1122
0
        break;
1123
1124
0
      case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1125
0
        voff += adjust;
1126
0
        bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1127
0
        break;
1128
1129
0
      case R_SH_USES:
1130
0
        irel->r_addend += adjust;
1131
0
        break;
1132
0
      }
1133
1134
0
    if (overflow)
1135
0
      {
1136
0
        _bfd_error_handler
1137
    /* xgettext:c-format */
1138
0
    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1139
0
     abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
1140
0
        bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1141
0
        return false;
1142
0
      }
1143
0
  }
1144
1145
0
      irel->r_offset = nraddr;
1146
0
    }
1147
1148
  /* Look through all the other sections.  If there contain any IMM32
1149
     relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
1150
     below, we may need to adjust the addends.  */
1151
0
  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
1152
0
    {
1153
0
      Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
1154
0
      Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
1155
0
      bfd_byte *ocontents;
1156
1157
0
      if (o == sec
1158
0
    || (o->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
1159
0
    || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1160
0
    || o->reloc_count == 0)
1161
0
  continue;
1162
1163
      /* We always cache the relocs.  Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
1164
   FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
1165
   leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
1166
0
      internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
1167
0
       (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, true));
1168
0
      if (internal_relocs == NULL)
1169
0
  return false;
1170
1171
0
      ocontents = NULL;
1172
0
      irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
1173
0
      for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
1174
0
  {
1175
    /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs.  */
1176
0
    if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
1177
0
      {
1178
0
        bfd_vma start, stop;
1179
0
        bfd_signed_vma voff;
1180
1181
0
        if (ocontents == NULL)
1182
0
    {
1183
0
      if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1184
0
        ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1185
0
      else
1186
0
        {
1187
          /* We always cache the section contents.
1188
       Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1189
       should free them, if we are permitted to,
1190
       when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
1191
0
          if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1192
0
      {
1193
0
        free (ocontents);
1194
0
        return false;
1195
0
      }
1196
1197
0
          elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1198
0
        }
1199
0
    }
1200
1201
0
        stop = irelscan->r_offset;
1202
0
        start
1203
0
    = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
1204
1205
        /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change.  */
1206
0
        if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
1207
0
    irelscan->r_addend += count;
1208
1209
0
        voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1210
0
        stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1211
1212
0
        if (start > addr
1213
0
      && start < toaddr
1214
0
      && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1215
0
    bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
1216
0
           ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1217
0
        else if (stop > addr
1218
0
           && stop < toaddr
1219
0
           && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1220
0
    bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
1221
0
           ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1222
0
      }
1223
1224
0
    if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
1225
0
      continue;
1226
1227
0
    if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1228
0
      continue;
1229
1230
1231
0
    isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
1232
0
    if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1233
0
        && (isym->st_value <= addr
1234
0
      || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1235
0
      {
1236
0
        bfd_vma val;
1237
1238
0
        if (ocontents == NULL)
1239
0
    {
1240
0
      if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1241
0
        ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1242
0
      else
1243
0
        {
1244
          /* We always cache the section contents.
1245
       Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1246
       should free them, if we are permitted to,
1247
       when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
1248
0
          if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1249
0
      {
1250
0
        free (ocontents);
1251
0
        return false;
1252
0
      }
1253
1254
0
          elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1255
0
        }
1256
0
    }
1257
1258
0
        val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1259
0
        val += isym->st_value;
1260
0
        if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1261
0
    bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
1262
0
          ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1263
0
      }
1264
0
  }
1265
0
    }
1266
1267
  /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section.  */
1268
0
  isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
1269
0
  for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
1270
0
    {
1271
0
      if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1272
0
    && isym->st_value > addr
1273
0
    && isym->st_value < toaddr)
1274
0
  isym->st_value -= count;
1275
0
    }
1276
1277
  /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section.  */
1278
0
  symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
1279
0
        - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
1280
0
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
1281
0
  end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
1282
0
  for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
1283
0
    {
1284
0
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
1285
0
      if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1286
0
     || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1287
0
    && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
1288
0
    && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
1289
0
    && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
1290
0
  {
1291
0
    sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
1292
0
  }
1293
0
    }
1294
1295
  /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward.  We have adjusted
1296
     r_offset for it already.  */
1297
0
  if (irelalign != NULL)
1298
0
    {
1299
0
      bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
1300
1301
0
      alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1302
0
      alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
1303
0
           1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1304
0
      if (alignto != alignaddr)
1305
0
  {
1306
    /* Tail recursion.  */
1307
0
    return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
1308
0
              (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
1309
0
  }
1310
0
    }
1311
1312
0
  return true;
1313
0
}
1314
1315
/* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
1316
   boundaries.  This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c.  */
1317
1318
static bool
1319
sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
1320
        Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
1321
        bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1322
        bool *pswapped)
1323
0
{
1324
0
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1325
0
  bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
1326
0
  bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
1327
0
  bfd_size_type amt;
1328
1329
0
  *pswapped = false;
1330
1331
0
  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1332
1333
  /* Get all the addresses with labels on them.  */
1334
0
  amt = sec->reloc_count;
1335
0
  amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
1336
0
  labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
1337
0
  if (labels == NULL)
1338
0
    goto error_return;
1339
0
  label_end = labels;
1340
0
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1341
0
    {
1342
0
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
1343
0
  {
1344
0
    *label_end = irel->r_offset;
1345
0
    ++label_end;
1346
0
  }
1347
0
    }
1348
1349
  /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
1350
     address order.  If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
1351
     the label values and the relocs.  */
1352
1353
0
  label = labels;
1354
1355
0
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1356
0
    {
1357
0
      bfd_vma start, stop;
1358
1359
0
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
1360
0
  continue;
1361
1362
0
      start = irel->r_offset;
1363
1364
0
      for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
1365
0
  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
1366
0
    break;
1367
0
      if (irel < irelend)
1368
0
  stop = irel->r_offset;
1369
0
      else
1370
0
  stop = sec->size;
1371
1372
0
      if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
1373
0
             internal_relocs, &label,
1374
0
             label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
1375
0
  goto error_return;
1376
0
    }
1377
1378
0
  free (labels);
1379
1380
0
  return true;
1381
1382
0
 error_return:
1383
0
  free (labels);
1384
0
  return false;
1385
0
}
1386
1387
/* Swap two SH instructions.  This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c.  */
1388
1389
static bool
1390
sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
1391
       bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
1392
0
{
1393
0
  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
1394
0
  unsigned short i1, i2;
1395
0
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1396
1397
  /* Swap the instructions themselves.  */
1398
0
  i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
1399
0
  i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
1400
0
  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
1401
0
  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
1402
1403
  /* Adjust all reloc addresses.  */
1404
0
  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1405
0
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1406
0
    {
1407
0
      enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
1408
0
      int add;
1409
1410
      /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
1411
   adjust.  These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
1412
   but are only associated with the address.  */
1413
0
      type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
1414
0
      if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
1415
0
    || type == R_SH_CODE
1416
0
    || type == R_SH_DATA
1417
0
    || type == R_SH_LABEL)
1418
0
  continue;
1419
1420
      /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
1421
   swapped, we must adjust it.  It would be incorrect to do this
1422
   for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
1423
   instructions after the jump.  (We have avoided swapping
1424
   around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
1425
   instruction it shouldn't).  */
1426
0
      if (type == R_SH_USES)
1427
0
  {
1428
0
    bfd_vma off;
1429
1430
0
    off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
1431
0
    if (off == addr)
1432
0
      irel->r_addend += 2;
1433
0
    else if (off == addr + 2)
1434
0
      irel->r_addend -= 2;
1435
0
  }
1436
1437
0
      if (irel->r_offset == addr)
1438
0
  {
1439
0
    irel->r_offset += 2;
1440
0
    add = -2;
1441
0
  }
1442
0
      else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
1443
0
  {
1444
0
    irel->r_offset -= 2;
1445
0
    add = 2;
1446
0
  }
1447
0
      else
1448
0
  add = 0;
1449
1450
0
      if (add != 0)
1451
0
  {
1452
0
    bfd_byte *loc;
1453
0
    unsigned short insn, oinsn;
1454
0
    bool overflow;
1455
1456
0
    loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
1457
0
    overflow = false;
1458
0
    switch (type)
1459
0
      {
1460
0
      default:
1461
0
        break;
1462
1463
0
      case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1464
0
      case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1465
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1466
0
        oinsn = insn;
1467
0
        insn += add / 2;
1468
0
        if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1469
0
    overflow = true;
1470
0
        bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1471
0
        break;
1472
1473
0
      case R_SH_IND12W:
1474
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1475
0
        oinsn = insn;
1476
0
        insn += add / 2;
1477
0
        if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1478
0
    overflow = true;
1479
0
        bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1480
0
        break;
1481
1482
0
      case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1483
        /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
1484
     the program counter before adding in the offset.
1485
     This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
1486
     swap will not affect the offset.  If ADDR is an at an
1487
     odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
1488
     four byte boundary, and must be adjusted.  */
1489
0
        if ((addr & 3) != 0)
1490
0
    {
1491
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1492
0
      oinsn = insn;
1493
0
      insn += add / 2;
1494
0
      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1495
0
        overflow = true;
1496
0
      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1497
0
    }
1498
1499
0
        break;
1500
0
      }
1501
1502
0
    if (overflow)
1503
0
      {
1504
0
        _bfd_error_handler
1505
    /* xgettext:c-format */
1506
0
    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1507
0
     abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
1508
0
        bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1509
0
        return false;
1510
0
      }
1511
0
  }
1512
0
    }
1513
1514
0
  return true;
1515
0
}
1516

1517
/* Describes one of the various PLT styles.  */
1518
1519
struct elf_sh_plt_info
1520
{
1521
  /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
1522
     first entry.  */
1523
  const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
1524
1525
  /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL.  */
1526
  bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
1527
1528
  /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
1529
     _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4.  The value is MINUS_ONE
1530
     if there is no such pointer.  */
1531
  bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
1532
1533
  /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry.  */
1534
  const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
1535
1536
  /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes.  */
1537
  bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
1538
1539
  /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY.  Not all fields are used
1540
     on all targets.  The comments by each member indicate the value
1541
     that the field must hold.  */
1542
  struct {
1543
    bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
1544
    bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
1545
    bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
1546
    bool got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20 instruction
1547
       (instead of a constant pool entry).  */
1548
  } symbol_fields;
1549
1550
  /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.  */
1551
  bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
1552
1553
  /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
1554
     MAX_SHORT_PLT entries.  It must share the same plt0.  NULL in
1555
     other cases.  */
1556
  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
1557
};
1558
1559
/* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
1560
1561
#define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
1562
1563
/* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1564
1565
/* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2.  r2 is used by
1566
   GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
1567
   corrupted here.  This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
1568
   to the SH PIC ABI.  That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
1569
   and r2 contains the GOT id.  This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
1570
   ignores the type.  Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
1571
   since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
1572
   greater than or equal to 12.  */
1573
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1574
{
1575
  0xd0, 0x05, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1576
  0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1577
  0x2f, 0x06, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1578
  0xd0, 0x03, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1579
  0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1580
  0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1581
  0x60, 0xf6, /*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1582
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1583
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1584
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1585
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */
1586
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */
1587
};
1588
1589
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1590
{
1591
  0x05, 0xd0, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1592
  0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1593
  0x06, 0x2f, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1594
  0x03, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1595
  0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1596
  0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1597
  0xf6, 0x60, /*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1598
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1599
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1600
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1601
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */
1602
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */
1603
};
1604
1605
/* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1606
   this.  */
1607
1608
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1609
{
1610
  0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1611
  0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1612
  0xd1, 0x02, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1613
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
1614
  0x60, 0x13, /*  mov r1,r0 */
1615
  0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1616
  0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1617
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1618
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */
1619
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1620
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1621
};
1622
1623
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1624
{
1625
  0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1626
  0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1627
  0x02, 0xd1, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1628
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
1629
  0x13, 0x60, /*  mov r1,r0 */
1630
  0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1631
  0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1632
  0x09, 0x00, /*  nop */
1633
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */
1634
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1635
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1636
};
1637
1638
/* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1639
1640
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1641
{
1642
  0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1643
  0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1644
  0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1645
  0x00, 0x09, /*  nop */
1646
  0x50, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1647
  0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1648
  0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1649
  0x50, 0xc1, /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1650
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1651
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1652
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1653
  0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1654
};
1655
1656
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1657
{
1658
  0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1659
  0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1660
  0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1661
  0x09, 0x00, /*  nop */
1662
  0xc2, 0x50, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1663
  0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1664
  0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1665
  0xc1, 0x50, /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1666
  0x09, 0x00, /*  nop */
1667
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1668
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1669
  0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1670
};
1671
1672
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1673
  {
1674
    {
1675
      /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
1676
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1677
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1678
      { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1679
      elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1680
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1681
      { 20, 16, 24, false },
1682
      8,
1683
      NULL
1684
    },
1685
    {
1686
      /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
1687
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1688
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1689
      { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1690
      elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1691
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1692
      { 20, 16, 24, false },
1693
      8,
1694
      NULL
1695
    },
1696
  },
1697
  {
1698
    {
1699
      /* Big-endian PIC.  */
1700
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1701
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1702
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1703
      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1704
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1705
      { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, false },
1706
      8,
1707
      NULL
1708
    },
1709
    {
1710
      /* Little-endian PIC.  */
1711
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1712
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1713
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1714
      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1715
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1716
      { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, false },
1717
      8,
1718
      NULL
1719
    },
1720
  }
1721
};
1722
1723
#define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
1724
#define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
1725
1726
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1727
{
1728
  0xd1, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
1729
  0x61, 0x12, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
1730
  0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
1731
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1732
  0, 0, 0, 0  /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */
1733
};
1734
1735
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1736
{
1737
  0x01, 0xd1, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
1738
  0x12, 0x61, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
1739
  0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
1740
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1741
  0, 0, 0, 0  /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */
1742
};
1743
1744
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1745
{
1746
  0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1747
  0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1748
  0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1749
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1750
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1751
  0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1752
  0xa0, 0x00, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */
1753
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1754
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1755
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1756
};
1757
1758
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1759
{
1760
  0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1761
  0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1762
  0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1763
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1764
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1765
  0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1766
  0x00, 0xa0, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */
1767
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1768
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1769
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1770
};
1771
1772
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1773
{
1774
  0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1775
  0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1776
  0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1777
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1778
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
1779
  0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1780
  0x51, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
1781
  0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
1782
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1783
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1784
};
1785
1786
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1787
{
1788
  0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1789
  0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1790
  0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1791
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1792
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
1793
  0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1794
  0xc2, 0x51, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
1795
  0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
1796
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1797
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1798
};
1799
1800
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1801
  {
1802
    {
1803
      /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
1804
      vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1805
      VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
1806
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
1807
      vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
1808
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1809
      { 8, 14, 20, false },
1810
      12,
1811
      NULL
1812
    },
1813
    {
1814
      /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
1815
      vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1816
      VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
1817
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
1818
      vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
1819
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1820
      { 8, 14, 20, false },
1821
      12,
1822
      NULL
1823
    },
1824
  },
1825
  {
1826
    {
1827
      /* Big-endian PIC.  */
1828
      NULL,
1829
      0,
1830
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1831
      vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1832
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1833
      { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, false },
1834
      12,
1835
      NULL
1836
    },
1837
    {
1838
      /* Little-endian PIC.  */
1839
      NULL,
1840
      0,
1841
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1842
      vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1843
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1844
      { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, false },
1845
      12,
1846
      NULL
1847
    },
1848
  }
1849
};
1850
1851
/* FDPIC PLT entries.  Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
1852
   binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
1853
   and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
1854
   cache behavior.  */
1855
1856
#define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
1857
#define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
1858
1859
/* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
1860
   duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined.  So
1861
   right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub.  It
1862
   might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
1863
   stubs separately.  */
1864
1865
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1866
{
1867
  0xd0, 0x02, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
1868
  0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
1869
  0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
1870
  0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
1871
  0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
1872
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1873
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
1874
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1875
  0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
1876
  0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1877
  0x53, 0xc1, /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
1878
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1879
};
1880
1881
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1882
{
1883
  0x02, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
1884
  0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
1885
  0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
1886
  0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
1887
  0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
1888
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1889
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
1890
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1891
  0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
1892
  0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1893
  0xc1, 0x53, /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
1894
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1895
};
1896
1897
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
1898
  {
1899
    /* Big-endian PIC.  */
1900
    NULL,
1901
    0,
1902
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1903
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
1904
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1905
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
1906
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
1907
    NULL
1908
  },
1909
  {
1910
    /* Little-endian PIC.  */
1911
    NULL,
1912
    0,
1913
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1914
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
1915
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1916
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
1917
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
1918
    NULL
1919
  },
1920
};
1921
1922
/* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
1923
   entries for the first 64K slots.  We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
1924
   past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
1925
   but would not be any smaller.  */
1926
1927
#define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
1928
#define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
1929
1930
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1931
{
1932
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
1933
  0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
1934
  0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
1935
  0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
1936
  0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
1937
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1938
  0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
1939
  0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1940
  0x53, 0xc1, /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
1941
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1942
};
1943
1944
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1945
{
1946
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
1947
  0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
1948
  0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
1949
  0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
1950
  0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
1951
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1952
  0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
1953
  0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1954
  0xc1, 0x53, /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
1955
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1956
};
1957
1958
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
1959
  /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */
1960
  NULL,
1961
  0,
1962
  { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1963
  fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
1964
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1965
  { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, true },
1966
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
1967
  NULL
1968
};
1969
1970
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
1971
  /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */
1972
  NULL,
1973
  0,
1974
  { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1975
  fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
1976
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1977
  { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, true },
1978
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
1979
  NULL
1980
};
1981
1982
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
1983
  {
1984
    /* Big-endian PIC.  */
1985
    NULL,
1986
    0,
1987
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1988
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
1989
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1990
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
1991
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
1992
    &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
1993
  },
1994
  {
1995
    /* Little-endian PIC.  */
1996
    NULL,
1997
    0,
1998
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1999
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2000
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2001
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
2002
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2003
    &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
2004
  },
2005
};
2006
2007
/* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD.  PIC_P is true if
2008
   the object is position-independent.  */
2009
2010
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
2011
get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bool pic_p)
2012
0
{
2013
0
  if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
2014
0
    {
2015
      /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
2016
   sequence.  */
2017
0
      if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
2018
0
  return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2019
0
      else
2020
0
  return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2021
0
    }
2022
0
  if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
2023
0
    return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2024
0
  return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2025
0
}
2026
2027
/* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
2028
   VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
2029
   not data.  */
2030
2031
inline static void
2032
install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bool code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2033
       unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
2034
0
{
2035
0
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
2036
0
}
2037
2038
/* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
2039
   Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
2040
   20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
2041
   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
2042
0
#define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
2043
2044
/* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET.  */
2045
2046
static bfd_vma
2047
get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
2048
0
{
2049
0
  bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
2050
2051
0
  offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
2052
0
  if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2053
0
    {
2054
0
      if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
2055
0
  {
2056
0
    plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2057
0
    offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2058
0
  }
2059
0
      else
2060
0
  info = info->short_plt;
2061
0
    }
2062
0
  return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
2063
0
}
2064
2065
/* Do the inverse operation.  */
2066
2067
static bfd_vma
2068
get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
2069
0
{
2070
0
  bfd_vma offset = 0;
2071
2072
0
  if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2073
0
    {
2074
0
      if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
2075
0
  {
2076
0
    offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2077
0
    plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2078
0
  }
2079
0
      else
2080
0
  info = info->short_plt;
2081
0
    }
2082
0
  return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
2083
0
    + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
2084
0
}
2085
2086
union gotref
2087
{
2088
  bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2089
  bfd_vma offset;
2090
};
2091
2092
/* sh ELF linker hash entry.  */
2093
2094
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
2095
{
2096
  struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
2097
2098
  bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
2099
2100
  /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC.  The refcount counts
2101
     R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
2102
     relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
2103
     for separately.  After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
2104
     MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
2105
     managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
2106
     During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
2107
     descriptor will be canonical.  */
2108
  union gotref funcdesc;
2109
2110
  /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
2111
     and thus require fixups or relocations.  */
2112
  bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
2113
2114
  enum got_type {
2115
    GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
2116
  } got_type;
2117
};
2118
2119
0
#define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
2120
2121
struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
2122
{
2123
  struct elf_obj_tdata root;
2124
2125
  /* got_type for each local got entry.  */
2126
  char *local_got_type;
2127
2128
  /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol.  */
2129
  union gotref *local_funcdesc;
2130
};
2131
2132
#define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
2133
0
  ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
2134
2135
#define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
2136
0
  (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
2137
2138
#define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
2139
0
  (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
2140
2141
#define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
2142
6
  (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
2143
6
   && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
2144
6
   && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
2145
2146
/* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
2147
   as the specific tdata.  */
2148
2149
static bool
2150
sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
2151
238k
{
2152
238k
  return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata));
2153
238k
}
2154
2155
/* sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2156
2157
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
2158
{
2159
  struct elf_link_hash_table root;
2160
2161
  /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections.  */
2162
  asection *sfuncdesc;
2163
  asection *srelfuncdesc;
2164
  asection *srofixup;
2165
2166
  /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section.  */
2167
  asection *srelplt2;
2168
2169
  /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry.  */
2170
  union
2171
    {
2172
      bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2173
      bfd_vma offset;
2174
    } tls_ldm_got;
2175
2176
  /* The type of PLT to use.  */
2177
  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2178
2179
  /* True if the target system uses FDPIC.  */
2180
  bool fdpic_p;
2181
};
2182
2183
/* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2184
2185
#define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)      \
2186
  (elf_link_hash_traverse           \
2187
   (&(table)->root,             \
2188
    (bool (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func),   \
2189
    (info)))
2190
2191
/* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
2192
2193
#define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
2194
0
  ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash)          \
2195
0
    && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == SH_ELF_DATA)   \
2196
0
   ? (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
2197
2198
/* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2199
2200
static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2201
sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2202
        struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2203
        const char *string)
2204
0
{
2205
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
2206
0
    (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
2207
2208
  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2209
     subclass.  */
2210
0
  if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2211
0
    ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2212
0
     bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2213
0
            sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
2214
0
  if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2215
0
    return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2216
2217
  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
2218
0
  ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2219
0
   _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
2220
0
             table, string));
2221
0
  if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2222
0
    {
2223
0
      ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
2224
0
      ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
2225
0
      ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
2226
0
      ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
2227
0
    }
2228
2229
0
  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2230
0
}
2231
2232
/* Create an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2233
2234
static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2235
sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2236
0
{
2237
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
2238
0
  size_t amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
2239
2240
0
  ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
2241
0
  if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
2242
0
    return NULL;
2243
2244
0
  if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
2245
0
              sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2246
0
              sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)))
2247
0
    {
2248
0
      free (ret);
2249
0
      return NULL;
2250
0
    }
2251
2252
0
  if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
2253
0
    {
2254
0
      ret->root.dt_pltgot_required = true;
2255
0
      ret->fdpic_p = true;
2256
0
    }
2257
2258
0
  return &ret->root.root;
2259
0
}
2260
2261
static bool
2262
sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
2263
0
{
2264
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2265
2266
  /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections.  */
2267
0
  if (!htab->fdpic_p)
2268
0
    return true;
2269
2270
  /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
2271
     relocate independently.  */
2272
0
  switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
2273
0
    {
2274
0
    case SHT_PROGBITS:
2275
0
    case SHT_NOBITS:
2276
      /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
2277
   SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS.  */
2278
0
    case SHT_NULL:
2279
0
      return false;
2280
2281
      /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
2282
   against any other section.  */
2283
0
    default:
2284
0
      return true;
2285
0
    }
2286
0
}
2287
2288
/* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
2289
   shortcuts to them in our hash table.  */
2290
2291
static bool
2292
create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2293
0
{
2294
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2295
2296
0
  if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
2297
0
    return false;
2298
2299
0
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2300
0
  if (htab == NULL)
2301
0
    return false;
2302
2303
0
  htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
2304
0
              (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2305
0
               | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2306
0
               | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2307
0
               | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2308
0
  if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
2309
0
      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
2310
0
    return false;
2311
2312
0
  htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
2313
0
                 ".rela.got.funcdesc",
2314
0
                 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2315
0
                  | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2316
0
                  | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2317
0
                  | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2318
0
                  | SEC_READONLY));
2319
0
  if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
2320
0
      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
2321
0
    return false;
2322
2323
  /* Also create .rofixup.  */
2324
0
  htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
2325
0
                   (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2326
0
              | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2327
0
              | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2328
0
              | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2329
0
              | SEC_READONLY));
2330
0
  if (htab->srofixup == NULL
2331
0
      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->srofixup, 2))
2332
0
    return false;
2333
2334
0
  return true;
2335
0
}
2336
2337
/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object.  */
2338
2339
static bool
2340
sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2341
0
{
2342
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2343
0
  flagword flags, pltflags;
2344
0
  asection *s;
2345
0
  elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2346
0
  int ptralign = 0;
2347
2348
0
  switch (bed->s->arch_size)
2349
0
    {
2350
0
    case 32:
2351
0
      ptralign = 2;
2352
0
      break;
2353
2354
0
    case 64:
2355
0
      ptralign = 3;
2356
0
      break;
2357
2358
0
    default:
2359
0
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2360
0
      return false;
2361
0
    }
2362
2363
0
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2364
0
  if (htab == NULL)
2365
0
    return false;
2366
2367
0
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
2368
0
    return true;
2369
2370
  /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
2371
     .rel[a].bss sections.  */
2372
2373
0
  flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2374
0
     | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2375
2376
0
  pltflags = flags;
2377
0
  pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
2378
0
  if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
2379
0
    pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
2380
0
  if (bed->plt_readonly)
2381
0
    pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
2382
2383
0
  s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
2384
0
  htab->root.splt = s;
2385
0
  if (s == NULL
2386
0
      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, bed->plt_alignment))
2387
0
    return false;
2388
2389
0
  if (bed->want_plt_sym)
2390
0
    {
2391
      /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
2392
   .plt section.  */
2393
0
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2394
0
      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
2395
2396
0
      if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2397
0
       (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2398
0
        (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false,
2399
0
        get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2400
0
  return false;
2401
2402
0
      h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2403
0
      h->def_regular = 1;
2404
0
      h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2405
0
      htab->root.hplt = h;
2406
2407
0
      if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2408
0
    && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2409
0
  return false;
2410
0
    }
2411
2412
0
  s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
2413
0
            bed->default_use_rela_p
2414
0
            ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
2415
0
            flags | SEC_READONLY);
2416
0
  htab->root.srelplt = s;
2417
0
  if (s == NULL
2418
0
      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, ptralign))
2419
0
    return false;
2420
2421
0
  if (htab->root.sgot == NULL
2422
0
      && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
2423
0
    return false;
2424
2425
0
  if (bed->want_dynbss)
2426
0
    {
2427
      /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
2428
   by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
2429
   not functions.  We must allocate space for them in the process
2430
   image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2431
   initialize them at run time.  The linker script puts the .dynbss
2432
   section into the .bss section of the final image.  */
2433
0
      s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
2434
0
                SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2435
0
      htab->root.sdynbss = s;
2436
0
      if (s == NULL)
2437
0
  return false;
2438
2439
      /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs.  This section is not
2440
   normally needed.  We need to create it here, though, so that the
2441
   linker will map it to an output section.  We can't just create it
2442
   only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
2443
   until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
2444
   main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
2445
   (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
2446
   mapped to the output sections.  If the section turns out not to
2447
   be needed, we can discard it later.  We will never need this
2448
   section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
2449
   copy relocs.  */
2450
0
      if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
2451
0
  {
2452
0
    s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
2453
0
              (bed->default_use_rela_p
2454
0
               ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
2455
0
              flags | SEC_READONLY);
2456
0
    htab->root.srelbss = s;
2457
0
    if (s == NULL
2458
0
        || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, ptralign))
2459
0
      return false;
2460
0
  }
2461
0
    }
2462
2463
0
#ifdef OBJ_MAYBE_ELF_VXWORKS
2464
0
  if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
2465
0
    {
2466
0
      if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2467
0
  return false;
2468
0
    }
2469
0
#endif /* OBJ_MAYBE_ELF_VXWORKS */
2470
2471
0
  return true;
2472
0
}
2473

2474
/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
2475
   regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
2476
   dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
2477
   change the definition to something the rest of the link can
2478
   understand.  */
2479
2480
static bool
2481
sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2482
            struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2483
0
{
2484
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2485
0
  asection *s;
2486
2487
0
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2488
0
  if (htab == NULL)
2489
0
    return false;
2490
2491
  /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
2492
0
  BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
2493
0
        && (h->needs_plt
2494
0
      || h->is_weakalias
2495
0
      || (h->def_dynamic
2496
0
          && h->ref_regular
2497
0
          && !h->def_regular)));
2498
2499
  /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
2500
     will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
2501
     when we know the address of the .got section.  */
2502
0
  if (h->type == STT_FUNC
2503
0
      || h->needs_plt)
2504
0
    {
2505
0
      if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
2506
0
    || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
2507
0
    || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2508
0
        && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2509
0
  {
2510
    /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
2511
       file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
2512
       object.  In such a case, we don't actually need to build
2513
       a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
2514
       reloc instead.  */
2515
0
    h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2516
0
    h->needs_plt = 0;
2517
0
  }
2518
2519
0
      return true;
2520
0
    }
2521
0
  else
2522
0
    h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2523
2524
  /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2525
     processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2526
     real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
2527
0
  if (h->is_weakalias)
2528
0
    {
2529
0
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
2530
0
      BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
2531
0
      h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
2532
0
      h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
2533
0
      if (info->nocopyreloc)
2534
0
  h->non_got_ref = def->non_got_ref;
2535
0
      return true;
2536
0
    }
2537
2538
  /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2539
     is not a function.  */
2540
2541
  /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
2542
     only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
2543
     For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
2544
     be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
2545
0
  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2546
0
    return true;
2547
2548
  /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
2549
     GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
2550
0
  if (!h->non_got_ref)
2551
0
    return true;
2552
2553
  /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either.  */
2554
0
  if (0 && info->nocopyreloc)
2555
0
    {
2556
0
      h->non_got_ref = 0;
2557
0
      return true;
2558
0
    }
2559
2560
  /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
2561
     we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.  */
2562
0
  if (0 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
2563
0
    {
2564
0
      h->non_got_ref = 0;
2565
0
      return true;
2566
0
    }
2567
2568
  /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
2569
     become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
2570
     an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
2571
     object will contain position independent code, so all references
2572
     from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
2573
     offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
2574
     determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
2575
     both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
2576
     same memory location for the variable.  */
2577
2578
0
  s = htab->root.sdynbss;
2579
0
  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2580
2581
  /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2582
     copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
2583
     runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
2584
     .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
2585
0
  if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
2586
0
    {
2587
0
      asection *srel;
2588
2589
0
      srel = htab->root.srelbss;
2590
0
      BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
2591
0
      srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2592
0
      h->needs_copy = 1;
2593
0
    }
2594
2595
0
  return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
2596
0
}
2597
2598
/* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
2599
   dynamic relocs.  */
2600
2601
static bool
2602
allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
2603
0
{
2604
0
  struct bfd_link_info *info;
2605
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2606
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2607
0
  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2608
2609
0
  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2610
0
    return true;
2611
2612
0
  info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
2613
0
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2614
0
  if (htab == NULL)
2615
0
    return false;
2616
2617
0
  eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2618
0
  if ((h->got.refcount > 0
2619
0
       || h->forced_local)
2620
0
      && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
2621
0
    {
2622
      /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
2623
   so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
2624
0
      h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
2625
0
      if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
2626
0
  h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
2627
0
    }
2628
2629
0
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
2630
0
      && h->plt.refcount > 0
2631
0
      && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2632
0
    || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2633
0
    {
2634
      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
2635
   Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
2636
0
      if (h->dynindx == -1
2637
0
    && !h->forced_local)
2638
0
  {
2639
0
    if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2640
0
      return false;
2641
0
  }
2642
2643
0
      if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2644
0
    || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
2645
0
  {
2646
0
    asection *s = htab->root.splt;
2647
0
    const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2648
2649
    /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
2650
       first entry.  */
2651
0
    if (s->size == 0)
2652
0
      s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
2653
2654
0
    h->plt.offset = s->size;
2655
2656
    /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
2657
       not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
2658
       location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
2659
       pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
2660
       the shared library.  Skip this for FDPIC, since the
2661
       function's address will be the address of the canonical
2662
       function descriptor.  */
2663
0
    if (!htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info) && !h->def_regular)
2664
0
      {
2665
0
        h->root.u.def.section = s;
2666
0
        h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
2667
0
      }
2668
2669
    /* Make room for this entry.  */
2670
0
    plt_info = htab->plt_info;
2671
0
    if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
2672
0
        && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
2673
0
      plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
2674
0
    s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
2675
2676
    /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
2677
       will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
2678
0
    if (!htab->fdpic_p)
2679
0
      htab->root.sgotplt->size += 4;
2680
0
    else
2681
0
      htab->root.sgotplt->size += 8;
2682
2683
    /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section.  */
2684
0
    htab->root.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2685
2686
0
    if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
2687
0
      {
2688
        /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
2689
     for each PLT entry.  They go in a separate relocation
2690
     section, which is processed by the kernel loader.  */
2691
2692
        /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
2693
     an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
2694
0
        if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
2695
0
    htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2696
2697
        /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
2698
     PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
2699
     and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry.  */
2700
0
        htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
2701
0
      }
2702
0
  }
2703
0
      else
2704
0
  {
2705
0
    h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2706
0
    h->needs_plt = 0;
2707
0
  }
2708
0
    }
2709
0
  else
2710
0
    {
2711
0
      h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2712
0
      h->needs_plt = 0;
2713
0
    }
2714
2715
0
  if (h->got.refcount > 0)
2716
0
    {
2717
0
      asection *s;
2718
0
      bool dyn;
2719
0
      enum got_type got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
2720
2721
      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
2722
   Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
2723
0
      if (h->dynindx == -1
2724
0
    && !h->forced_local)
2725
0
  {
2726
0
    if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2727
0
      return false;
2728
0
  }
2729
2730
0
      s = htab->root.sgot;
2731
0
      h->got.offset = s->size;
2732
0
      s->size += 4;
2733
      /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots.  */
2734
0
      if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
2735
0
  s->size += 4;
2736
0
      dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
2737
0
      if (!dyn)
2738
0
  {
2739
    /* No dynamic relocations required.  */
2740
0
    if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
2741
0
        && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
2742
0
        && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
2743
0
      htab->srofixup->size += 4;
2744
0
  }
2745
      /* No dynamic relocations required when IE->LE conversion happens.  */
2746
0
      else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
2747
0
         && !h->def_dynamic
2748
0
         && !bfd_link_pic (info))
2749
0
  ;
2750
      /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
2751
   R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global.  */
2752
0
      else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
2753
0
         || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
2754
0
  htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2755
0
      else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
2756
0
  htab->root.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2757
0
      else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
2758
0
  {
2759
0
    if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
2760
0
      htab->srofixup->size += 4;
2761
0
    else
2762
0
      htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2763
0
  }
2764
0
      else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2765
0
    || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2766
0
         && (bfd_link_pic (info)
2767
0
       || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
2768
0
  htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2769
0
      else if (htab->fdpic_p
2770
0
         && !bfd_link_pic (info)
2771
0
         && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
2772
0
         && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2773
0
       || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2774
0
  htab->srofixup->size += 4;
2775
0
    }
2776
0
  else
2777
0
    h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2778
2779
  /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
2780
     descriptors, canonical or otherwise.  We need to relocate the
2781
     reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
2782
     undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
2783
     static linking).  Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere.  */
2784
0
  if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
2785
0
      && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
2786
0
    || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
2787
0
        && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
2788
0
    {
2789
0
      if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
2790
0
  htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
2791
0
      else
2792
0
  htab->root.srelgot->size
2793
0
    += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2794
0
    }
2795
2796
  /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
2797
     a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
2798
     the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it.  None of this
2799
     applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
2800
     canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
2801
     won't be a PLT entry at all.  */
2802
0
  if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
2803
0
       || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
2804
0
      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
2805
0
      && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
2806
0
    {
2807
      /* Make room for this function descriptor.  */
2808
0
      eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
2809
0
      htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
2810
2811
      /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
2812
   function descriptor, so allocate those too.  */
2813
0
      if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
2814
0
  htab->srofixup->size += 8;
2815
0
      else
2816
0
  htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2817
0
    }
2818
2819
0
  if (h->dyn_relocs == NULL)
2820
0
    return true;
2821
2822
  /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
2823
     dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
2824
     defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, discard
2825
     space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
2826
     visibility changes.  */
2827
2828
0
  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2829
0
    {
2830
0
      if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
2831
0
  {
2832
0
    struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
2833
2834
0
    for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
2835
0
      {
2836
0
        p->count -= p->pc_count;
2837
0
        p->pc_count = 0;
2838
0
        if (p->count == 0)
2839
0
    *pp = p->next;
2840
0
        else
2841
0
    pp = &p->next;
2842
0
      }
2843
0
  }
2844
2845
0
      if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
2846
0
  {
2847
0
    struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
2848
2849
0
    for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
2850
0
      {
2851
0
        if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
2852
0
    *pp = p->next;
2853
0
        else
2854
0
    pp = &p->next;
2855
0
      }
2856
0
  }
2857
2858
      /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
2859
   visibility.  */
2860
0
      if (h->dyn_relocs != NULL
2861
0
    && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2862
0
  {
2863
0
    if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2864
0
        || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
2865
0
      h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2866
2867
    /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
2868
       symbol in PIEs.  */
2869
0
    else if (h->dynindx == -1
2870
0
       && !h->forced_local)
2871
0
      {
2872
0
        if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2873
0
    return false;
2874
0
      }
2875
0
  }
2876
0
    }
2877
0
  else
2878
0
    {
2879
      /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
2880
   symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
2881
   dynamic.  */
2882
2883
0
      if (!h->non_got_ref
2884
0
    && ((h->def_dynamic
2885
0
         && !h->def_regular)
2886
0
        || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
2887
0
      && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
2888
0
          || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
2889
0
  {
2890
    /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
2891
       Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
2892
0
    if (h->dynindx == -1
2893
0
        && !h->forced_local)
2894
0
      {
2895
0
        if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2896
0
    return false;
2897
0
      }
2898
2899
    /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
2900
       relocs.  */
2901
0
    if (h->dynindx != -1)
2902
0
      goto keep;
2903
0
  }
2904
2905
0
      h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2906
2907
0
    keep: ;
2908
0
    }
2909
2910
  /* Finally, allocate space.  */
2911
0
  for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2912
0
    {
2913
0
      asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
2914
0
      sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2915
2916
      /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */
2917
0
      if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
2918
0
  htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
2919
0
    }
2920
2921
0
  return true;
2922
0
}
2923
2924
/* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
2925
   and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
2926
   It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style.  */
2927
2928
static bool
2929
sh_elf_early_size_sections (struct bfd_link_info *info)
2930
0
{
2931
0
  sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (info->output_bfd,
2932
0
                 bfd_link_pic (info));
2933
2934
0
  if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
2935
0
      && !bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (info, "__stacksize", DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE))
2936
0
    return false;
2937
0
  return true;
2938
0
}
2939
2940
/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
2941
2942
static bool
2943
sh_elf_late_size_sections (struct bfd_link_info *info)
2944
0
{
2945
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2946
0
  bfd *dynobj;
2947
0
  asection *s;
2948
0
  bool relocs;
2949
0
  bfd *ibfd;
2950
2951
0
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2952
0
  if (htab == NULL)
2953
0
    return false;
2954
2955
0
  dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
2956
0
  if (dynobj == NULL)
2957
0
    return true;
2958
2959
0
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
2960
0
    {
2961
      /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
2962
0
      if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
2963
0
  {
2964
0
    s = htab->root.interp;
2965
0
    BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2966
0
    s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
2967
0
    s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
2968
0
    s->alloced = 1;
2969
0
  }
2970
0
    }
2971
2972
  /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
2973
     relocs.  */
2974
0
  for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
2975
0
    {
2976
0
      bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
2977
0
      bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
2978
0
      union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
2979
0
      char *local_got_type;
2980
0
      bfd_size_type locsymcount;
2981
0
      Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2982
0
      asection *srel;
2983
2984
0
      if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
2985
0
  continue;
2986
2987
0
      for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2988
0
  {
2989
0
    struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2990
2991
0
    for (p = ((struct elf_dyn_relocs *)
2992
0
        elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
2993
0
         p != NULL;
2994
0
         p = p->next)
2995
0
      {
2996
0
        if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
2997
0
      && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
2998
0
    {
2999
      /* Input section has been discarded, either because
3000
         it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
3001
         linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
3002
         the relocs too.  */
3003
0
    }
3004
0
        else if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks
3005
0
           && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
3006
0
          ".tls_vars") == 0)
3007
0
    {
3008
      /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
3009
         handled specially by the loader.  */
3010
0
    }
3011
0
        else if (p->count != 0)
3012
0
    {
3013
0
      srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3014
0
      srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3015
0
      if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3016
0
        {
3017
0
          info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3018
0
          info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
3019
0
                p->sec->owner, p->sec);
3020
0
        }
3021
3022
      /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */
3023
0
      if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3024
0
        htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3025
0
    }
3026
0
      }
3027
0
  }
3028
3029
0
      symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
3030
0
      locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3031
0
      s = htab->root.sgot;
3032
0
      srel = htab->root.srelgot;
3033
3034
0
      local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
3035
0
      if (local_got)
3036
0
  {
3037
0
    end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
3038
0
    local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
3039
0
    local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3040
0
    for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
3041
0
      {
3042
0
        if (*local_got > 0)
3043
0
    {
3044
0
      *local_got = s->size;
3045
0
      s->size += 4;
3046
0
      if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3047
0
        s->size += 4;
3048
0
      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
3049
0
        srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3050
0
      else
3051
0
        htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3052
3053
0
      if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3054
0
        {
3055
0
          if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3056
0
      {
3057
0
        bfd_size_type size;
3058
3059
0
        size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
3060
0
        local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
3061
0
                  size);
3062
0
        if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3063
0
          return false;
3064
0
        sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
3065
0
        local_funcdesc += (local_got
3066
0
               - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
3067
0
      }
3068
0
          local_funcdesc->refcount++;
3069
0
          ++local_funcdesc;
3070
0
        }
3071
0
    }
3072
0
        else
3073
0
    *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
3074
0
        ++local_got_type;
3075
0
      }
3076
0
  }
3077
3078
0
      local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3079
0
      if (local_funcdesc)
3080
0
  {
3081
0
    end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
3082
3083
0
    for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
3084
0
      {
3085
0
        if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
3086
0
    {
3087
0
      local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3088
0
      htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3089
0
      if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
3090
0
        htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3091
0
      else
3092
0
        htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3093
0
    }
3094
0
        else
3095
0
    local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
3096
0
      }
3097
0
  }
3098
3099
0
    }
3100
3101
0
  if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
3102
0
    {
3103
      /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
3104
   relocs.  */
3105
0
      htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->root.sgot->size;
3106
0
      htab->root.sgot->size += 8;
3107
0
      htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3108
0
    }
3109
0
  else
3110
0
    htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
3111
3112
  /* Only the reserved entries should be present.  For FDPIC, they go at
3113
     the end of .got.plt.  */
3114
0
  if (htab->fdpic_p)
3115
0
    {
3116
0
      BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.sgotplt && htab->root.sgotplt->size == 12);
3117
0
      htab->root.sgotplt->size = 0;
3118
0
    }
3119
3120
  /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
3121
     sym dynamic relocs.  */
3122
0
  elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
3123
3124
  /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
3125
     end of the FDPIC .got.plt.  */
3126
0
  if (htab->fdpic_p)
3127
0
    {
3128
0
      htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->root.sgotplt->size;
3129
0
      htab->root.sgotplt->size += 12;
3130
0
    }
3131
3132
  /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */
3133
0
  if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
3134
0
    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3135
3136
  /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3137
     Allocate memory for them.  */
3138
0
  relocs = false;
3139
0
  for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3140
0
    {
3141
0
      if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3142
0
  continue;
3143
3144
0
      if (s == htab->root.splt
3145
0
    || s == htab->root.sgot
3146
0
    || s == htab->root.sgotplt
3147
0
    || s == htab->sfuncdesc
3148
0
    || s == htab->srofixup
3149
0
    || s == htab->root.sdynbss)
3150
0
  {
3151
    /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
3152
       comment below.  */
3153
0
  }
3154
0
      else if (startswith (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela"))
3155
0
  {
3156
0
    if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->root.srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
3157
0
      relocs = true;
3158
3159
    /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3160
       to copy relocs into the output file.  */
3161
0
    s->reloc_count = 0;
3162
0
  }
3163
0
      else
3164
0
  {
3165
    /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
3166
0
    continue;
3167
0
  }
3168
3169
0
      if (s->size == 0)
3170
0
  {
3171
    /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3172
       output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3173
       .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
3174
       create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3175
       before the linker maps input sections to output
3176
       sections.  The linker does that before
3177
       adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3178
       function which decides whether anything needs to go
3179
       into these sections.  */
3180
3181
0
    s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3182
0
    continue;
3183
0
  }
3184
3185
0
      if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3186
0
  continue;
3187
3188
      /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  We use bfd_zalloc
3189
   here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
3190
   section's contents are written out.  This should not happen,
3191
   but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
3192
   of garbage.  */
3193
0
      s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3194
0
      if (s->contents == NULL)
3195
0
  return false;
3196
0
      s->alloced = 1;
3197
0
    }
3198
3199
0
  return _bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (info, relocs);
3200
0
}
3201

3202
/* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section.  */
3203
3204
inline static bfd_vma
3205
sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
3206
          int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
3207
0
{
3208
0
  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3209
0
  bfd_vma reloc_offset;
3210
3211
0
  outrel.r_offset = offset;
3212
0
  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
3213
0
  outrel.r_addend = addend;
3214
3215
0
  reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3216
0
  BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
3217
0
  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
3218
0
           sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
3219
0
  sreloc->reloc_count++;
3220
3221
0
  return reloc_offset;
3222
0
}
3223
3224
/* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup.  */
3225
3226
inline static void
3227
sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
3228
0
{
3229
0
  bfd_vma fixup_offset;
3230
3231
0
  fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
3232
0
  BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
3233
0
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
3234
0
}
3235
3236
/* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
3237
   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol.  */
3238
3239
static bfd_signed_vma
3240
sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
3241
0
{
3242
0
  return (htab->root.sgot->output_offset - htab->root.sgotplt->output_offset
3243
0
    - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3244
0
}
3245
3246
/* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
3247
   located.  */
3248
3249
static unsigned
3250
sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3251
0
{
3252
0
  Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = NULL;
3253
3254
0
  if (output_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3255
      /* PR ld/17110: Do not look for output segments in an input bfd.  */
3256
0
      && output_bfd->direction != read_direction)
3257
0
    p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd, osec);
3258
3259
  /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to.  The kernel
3260
     supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
3261
     a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment.  */
3262
0
  return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
3263
0
}
3264
3265
static bool
3266
sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3267
0
{
3268
0
  unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
3269
3270
0
  return (seg != (unsigned) -1
3271
0
    && ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W));
3272
0
}
3273
3274
/* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
3275
   with any relocations or fixups required.  */
3276
static bool
3277
sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
3278
          struct bfd_link_info *info,
3279
          struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3280
          bfd_vma offset,
3281
          asection *section,
3282
          bfd_vma value)
3283
0
{
3284
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3285
0
  int dynindx;
3286
0
  bfd_vma addr, seg;
3287
3288
0
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3289
3290
  /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
3291
     descriptor, along with the segment index.  We're RELA, so it could
3292
     go in the reloc instead... */
3293
3294
0
  if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3295
0
    {
3296
0
      section = h->root.u.def.section;
3297
0
      value = h->root.u.def.value;
3298
0
    }
3299
3300
0
  if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3301
0
    {
3302
0
      dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
3303
0
      addr = value + section->output_offset;
3304
0
      seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
3305
0
    }
3306
0
  else
3307
0
    {
3308
0
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
3309
0
      dynindx = h->dynindx;
3310
0
      addr = seg = 0;
3311
0
    }
3312
3313
0
  if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3314
0
    {
3315
0
      if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3316
0
  {
3317
0
    sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3318
0
            offset
3319
0
            + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3320
0
            + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3321
0
    sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3322
0
            offset + 4
3323
0
            + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3324
0
            + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3325
0
  }
3326
3327
      /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
3328
   address and gp value (barring fixups).  */
3329
0
      addr += section->output_section->vma;
3330
0
      seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
3331
0
  + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3332
0
  + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
3333
0
    }
3334
0
  else
3335
0
    sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
3336
0
        offset
3337
0
        + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3338
0
        + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
3339
0
        R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
3340
3341
0
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
3342
0
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
3343
3344
0
  return true;
3345
0
}
3346
3347
/* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
3348
   VALUE is the field's value.  Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
3349
   otherwise.  */
3350
3351
static bfd_reloc_status_type
3352
install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
3353
          bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3354
          bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
3355
0
{
3356
0
  unsigned long cur_val;
3357
0
  bfd_byte *addr;
3358
0
  bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3359
3360
0
  if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
3361
0
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3362
3363
0
  r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
3364
0
        bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
3365
0
  if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
3366
0
    return r;
3367
3368
0
  addr = contents + offset;
3369
0
  cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
3370
0
  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
3371
0
  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
3372
3373
0
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
3374
0
}
3375
3376
/* Relocate an SH ELF section.  */
3377
3378
static int
3379
sh_elf_relocate_section (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3380
       bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3381
       bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3382
       Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3383
       asection **local_sections)
3384
0
{
3385
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3386
0
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3387
0
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3388
0
  Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
3389
0
  bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
3390
0
  asection *sgot = NULL;
3391
0
  asection *sgotplt = NULL;
3392
0
  asection *splt = NULL;
3393
0
  asection *sreloc;
3394
0
  asection *srelgot = NULL;
3395
0
  bool is_vxworks_tls;
3396
0
  unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
3397
0
  bool fdpic_p = false;
3398
3399
0
  if (!is_sh_elf (input_bfd))
3400
0
    {
3401
0
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
3402
0
      return false;
3403
0
    }
3404
3405
0
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3406
0
  if (htab != NULL)
3407
0
    {
3408
0
      sgot = htab->root.sgot;
3409
0
      sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
3410
0
      srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
3411
0
      splt = htab->root.splt;
3412
0
      fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p;
3413
0
    }
3414
0
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
3415
0
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3416
0
  local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
3417
3418
0
  isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (info->output_bfd,
3419
0
           input_section->output_section);
3420
0
  if (fdpic_p && sgot)
3421
0
    got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (info->output_bfd,
3422
0
            sgot->output_section);
3423
0
  else
3424
0
    got_segment = -1;
3425
0
  if (fdpic_p && splt)
3426
0
    plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (info->output_bfd,
3427
0
            splt->output_section);
3428
0
  else
3429
0
    plt_segment = -1;
3430
3431
  /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
3432
     specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'.  */
3433
0
  is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info)
3434
0
        && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
3435
0
        ".tls_vars"));
3436
3437
0
  rel = relocs;
3438
0
  relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3439
0
  for (; rel < relend; rel++)
3440
0
    {
3441
0
      int r_type;
3442
0
      reloc_howto_type *howto;
3443
0
      unsigned long r_symndx;
3444
0
      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3445
0
      asection *sec;
3446
0
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3447
0
      bfd_vma relocation;
3448
0
      bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
3449
0
      bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3450
0
      bfd_vma off;
3451
0
      enum got_type got_type;
3452
0
      const char *symname = NULL;
3453
0
      bool resolved_to_zero;
3454
3455
0
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3456
3457
0
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3458
3459
      /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
3460
   handled entirely by the relaxation code.  */
3461
0
      if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
3462
0
    && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
3463
0
  continue;
3464
0
      if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
3465
0
  continue;
3466
3467
0
      if (r_type < 0
3468
0
    || r_type >= R_SH_max
3469
0
    || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
3470
0
        && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
3471
0
    || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
3472
0
        && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
3473
0
    || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
3474
0
        && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
3475
0
    || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
3476
0
        && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
3477
0
    || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
3478
0
        && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
3479
0
    || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
3480
0
        && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
3481
0
  {
3482
0
    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3483
0
    return false;
3484
0
  }
3485
3486
0
      howto = get_howto_table (info->output_bfd) + r_type;
3487
3488
      /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
3489
   the relocation.  */
3490
0
      if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3491
0
  addend = rel->r_addend;
3492
3493
0
      resolved_to_zero = false;
3494
0
      h = NULL;
3495
0
      sym = NULL;
3496
0
      sec = NULL;
3497
0
      check_segment[0] = -1;
3498
0
      check_segment[1] = -1;
3499
0
      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
3500
0
  {
3501
0
    sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3502
0
    sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3503
3504
0
    symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
3505
0
      (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
3506
0
    if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
3507
0
      symname = bfd_section_name (sec);
3508
3509
0
    relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
3510
0
      + sec->output_offset
3511
0
      + sym->st_value);
3512
3513
0
    if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
3514
      /* Handled below.  */
3515
0
      ;
3516
0
    else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3517
0
      {
3518
        /* This is a relocatable link.  We don't have to change
3519
     anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
3520
     in which case we have to adjust according to where the
3521
     section symbol winds up in the output section.  */
3522
0
        if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3523
0
    {
3524
0
      if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3525
0
        {
3526
          /* For relocations with the addend in the
3527
       relocation, we need just to update the addend.
3528
       All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
3529
       code is mostly for completeness.  */
3530
0
          rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
3531
3532
0
          continue;
3533
0
        }
3534
3535
      /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
3536
         contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
3537
         from the changed location of the section symbol.
3538
         Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
3539
         final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
3540
         relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
3541
         location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
3542
         final link.  */
3543
0
      r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
3544
0
                sec->output_offset
3545
0
                + sym->st_value,
3546
0
                contents + rel->r_offset);
3547
0
      goto relocation_done;
3548
0
    }
3549
3550
0
        continue;
3551
0
      }
3552
0
    else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3553
0
      {
3554
0
        relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (info->output_bfd,
3555
0
                sym, &sec, rel);
3556
0
        addend = rel->r_addend;
3557
0
      }
3558
0
    else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
3559
0
       && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3560
0
      {
3561
0
        asection *msec;
3562
3563
0
        if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
3564
0
    {
3565
0
      _bfd_error_handler
3566
        /* xgettext:c-format */
3567
0
        (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
3568
0
           "%s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
3569
0
         input_bfd, input_section,
3570
0
         (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
3571
0
      return false;
3572
0
    }
3573
3574
0
        addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
3575
0
        msec = sec;
3576
0
        addend =
3577
0
    _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (info->output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
3578
0
    - relocation;
3579
0
        addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
3580
0
        bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
3581
0
        addend = 0;
3582
0
      }
3583
0
  }
3584
0
      else
3585
0
  {
3586
    /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro.  */
3587
3588
0
    relocation = 0;
3589
0
    h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
3590
0
    symname = h->root.root.string;
3591
0
    while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3592
0
     || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3593
0
      h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3594
0
    if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3595
0
        || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3596
0
      {
3597
0
        bool dyn;
3598
3599
0
        dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : false;
3600
0
        sec = h->root.u.def.section;
3601
        /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
3602
     We check specially because in some obscure cases
3603
     sec->output_section will be NULL.  */
3604
0
        if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
3605
0
      || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
3606
0
      || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
3607
0
      || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
3608
0
      || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
3609
0
      || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
3610
0
           || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
3611
0
           || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
3612
0
           || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
3613
0
           || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
3614
0
          && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
3615
0
      || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
3616
0
           || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
3617
0
           || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
3618
0
           || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
3619
0
           || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
3620
0
           || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
3621
0
           || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
3622
0
           || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
3623
0
           || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
3624
0
           || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
3625
0
           || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
3626
0
          && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
3627
0
                bfd_link_pic (info),
3628
0
                h)
3629
0
          && (! bfd_link_pic (info)
3630
0
        || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
3631
0
        || !h->def_regular))
3632
      /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
3633
         overwritten in the switch block below.  The cases
3634
         below are those in which we must defer relocation
3635
         to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
3636
         addresses when creating a shared library.  */
3637
0
      || (bfd_link_pic (info)
3638
0
          && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
3639
0
        || !h->def_regular)
3640
0
          && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
3641
0
         && !h->forced_local)
3642
0
        || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
3643
0
            && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
3644
0
          && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3645
        /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
3646
           sections against symbols defined externally
3647
           in shared libraries.  We can't do anything
3648
           with them here.  */
3649
0
        || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
3650
0
            && h->def_dynamic)))
3651
      /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
3652
         sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
3653
         thus ld.so will not process them.  */
3654
0
      || (sec->output_section == NULL
3655
0
          && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
3656
0
        && h->def_dynamic))
3657
0
      || (sec->output_section == NULL
3658
0
          && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
3659
0
        || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
3660
0
    ;
3661
0
        else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
3662
0
    relocation = (h->root.u.def.value
3663
0
            + sec->output_section->vma
3664
0
            + sec->output_offset);
3665
0
        else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
3666
0
           && (_bfd_elf_section_offset (info->output_bfd, info,
3667
0
                input_section,
3668
0
                rel->r_offset)
3669
0
         != (bfd_vma) -1))
3670
0
    {
3671
0
      _bfd_error_handler
3672
        /* xgettext:c-format */
3673
0
        (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
3674
0
           "unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
3675
0
         input_bfd,
3676
0
         input_section,
3677
0
         (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
3678
0
         howto->name,
3679
0
         h->root.root.string);
3680
0
      return false;
3681
0
    }
3682
0
      }
3683
0
    else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3684
0
      resolved_to_zero = UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h);
3685
0
    else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
3686
0
       && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
3687
0
      ;
3688
0
    else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3689
0
            info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
3690
0
        (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd, input_section,
3691
0
         rel->r_offset,
3692
0
         (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_DIAGNOSE
3693
0
    && !info->warn_unresolved_syms)
3694
0
         || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other));
3695
0
        }
3696
3697
0
      if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
3698
0
  RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
3699
0
           rel, 1, relend, R_SH_NONE,
3700
0
           howto, 0, contents);
3701
3702
0
      if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3703
0
  continue;
3704
3705
      /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files.  Most
3706
   relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
3707
   the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below.  */
3708
0
      check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
3709
0
      if (sec != NULL)
3710
0
  check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (info->output_bfd,
3711
0
               sec->output_section);
3712
0
      else
3713
0
  check_segment[1] = -1;
3714
3715
0
      switch ((int) r_type)
3716
0
  {
3717
0
  final_link_relocate:
3718
    /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
3719
       R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers.  */
3720
0
    r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
3721
0
          contents, rel->r_offset,
3722
0
          relocation, addend);
3723
0
    break;
3724
3725
0
  case R_SH_IND12W:
3726
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
3727
3728
0
  case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
3729
0
  case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
3730
0
  case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
3731
    /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
3732
       the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
3733
       is here only to assist in relaxing.  If the reloc is not
3734
       against the start of this section, then it's against an
3735
       external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves.  */
3736
0
    if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
3737
0
        != relocation)
3738
0
      {
3739
0
        int disp = (relocation
3740
0
        - input_section->output_section->vma
3741
0
        - input_section->output_offset
3742
0
        - rel->r_offset);
3743
0
        int mask = 0;
3744
0
        switch (r_type)
3745
0
    {
3746
0
    case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
3747
0
    case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
3748
0
    case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
3749
0
    default: mask = 0; break;
3750
0
    }
3751
0
        if (disp & mask)
3752
0
    {
3753
0
      _bfd_error_handler
3754
        /* xgettext:c-format */
3755
0
        (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: "
3756
0
           "unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
3757
0
         input_section->owner,
3758
0
         (uint64_t) rel->r_offset);
3759
0
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3760
0
      return false;
3761
0
    }
3762
0
        relocation -= 4;
3763
0
        goto final_link_relocate;
3764
0
      }
3765
0
    r = bfd_reloc_ok;
3766
0
    break;
3767
3768
0
  default:
3769
0
    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3770
0
    return false;
3771
3772
0
  case R_SH_DIR16:
3773
0
  case R_SH_DIR8:
3774
0
  case R_SH_DIR8U:
3775
0
  case R_SH_DIR8S:
3776
0
  case R_SH_DIR4U:
3777
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
3778
3779
0
  case R_SH_DIR8UL:
3780
0
  case R_SH_DIR4UL:
3781
0
    if (relocation & 3)
3782
0
      {
3783
0
        _bfd_error_handler
3784
    /* xgettext:c-format */
3785
0
    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: "
3786
0
       "unaligned %s relocation %#" PRIx64),
3787
0
     input_section->owner, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
3788
0
     howto->name, (uint64_t) relocation);
3789
0
        bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3790
0
        return false;
3791
0
      }
3792
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
3793
3794
0
  case R_SH_DIR8UW:
3795
0
  case R_SH_DIR8SW:
3796
0
  case R_SH_DIR4UW:
3797
0
    if (relocation & 1)
3798
0
      {
3799
0
        _bfd_error_handler
3800
    /* xgettext:c-format */
3801
0
    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: "
3802
0
       "unaligned %s relocation %#" PRIx64 ""),
3803
0
     input_section->owner,
3804
0
     (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
3805
0
     (uint64_t) relocation);
3806
0
        bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3807
0
        return false;
3808
0
      }
3809
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
3810
3811
0
  case R_SH_PSHA:
3812
0
    if ((signed int)relocation < -32
3813
0
        || (signed int)relocation > 32)
3814
0
      {
3815
0
        _bfd_error_handler
3816
    /* xgettext:c-format */
3817
0
    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %" PRId64
3818
0
       " not in range -32..32"),
3819
0
     input_section->owner,
3820
0
     (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
3821
0
     (int64_t) relocation);
3822
0
        bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3823
0
        return false;
3824
0
      }
3825
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
3826
3827
0
  case R_SH_PSHL:
3828
0
    if ((signed int)relocation < -16
3829
0
        || (signed int)relocation > 16)
3830
0
      {
3831
0
        _bfd_error_handler
3832
    /* xgettext:c-format */
3833
0
    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %" PRId64
3834
0
       " not in range -32..32"),
3835
0
     input_section->owner,
3836
0
     (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
3837
0
     (int64_t) relocation);
3838
0
        bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3839
0
        return false;
3840
0
      }
3841
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
3842
3843
0
  case R_SH_DIR32:
3844
0
  case R_SH_REL32:
3845
0
    if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3846
0
        && (h == NULL
3847
0
      || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3848
0
          && !resolved_to_zero)
3849
0
      || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3850
0
        && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
3851
0
        && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3852
0
        && !is_vxworks_tls
3853
0
        && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
3854
0
      || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
3855
0
      {
3856
0
        Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3857
0
        bfd_byte *loc;
3858
0
        bool skip, relocate;
3859
3860
        /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
3861
     are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
3862
     time.  */
3863
3864
0
        sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
3865
0
        if (sreloc == NULL)
3866
0
    return false;
3867
3868
0
        skip = false;
3869
0
        relocate = false;
3870
3871
0
        outrel.r_offset =
3872
0
    _bfd_elf_section_offset (info->output_bfd, info, input_section,
3873
0
           rel->r_offset);
3874
0
        if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
3875
0
    skip = true;
3876
0
        else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
3877
0
    skip = true, relocate = true;
3878
0
        outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
3879
0
          + input_section->output_offset);
3880
3881
0
        if (skip)
3882
0
    memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
3883
0
        else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
3884
0
    {
3885
0
      BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
3886
0
      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
3887
0
      outrel.r_addend
3888
0
        = (howto->partial_inplace
3889
0
           ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
3890
0
           : addend);
3891
0
    }
3892
0
        else if (fdpic_p
3893
0
           && (h == NULL
3894
0
         || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
3895
0
             && h->def_regular)))
3896
0
    {
3897
0
      int dynindx;
3898
3899
0
      BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
3900
0
      BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
3901
0
      dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
3902
0
      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
3903
0
      outrel.r_addend = relocation;
3904
0
      outrel.r_addend
3905
0
        += (howto->partial_inplace
3906
0
      ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
3907
0
      : addend);
3908
0
      outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
3909
0
    }
3910
0
        else
3911
0
    {
3912
      /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
3913
         become local.  */
3914
0
      if (h == NULL
3915
0
          || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
3916
0
        && h->def_regular))
3917
0
        {
3918
0
          relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
3919
0
          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
3920
0
        }
3921
0
      else
3922
0
        {
3923
0
          BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
3924
0
          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
3925
0
        }
3926
0
      outrel.r_addend = relocation;
3927
0
      outrel.r_addend
3928
0
        += (howto->partial_inplace
3929
0
      ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
3930
0
      : addend);
3931
0
    }
3932
3933
0
        loc = sreloc->contents;
3934
0
        loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3935
0
        bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
3936
3937
0
        check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
3938
3939
        /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
3940
     not want to fiddle with the addend.  Otherwise, we
3941
     need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
3942
     an addend for the dynamic reloc.  */
3943
0
        if (! relocate)
3944
0
    continue;
3945
0
      }
3946
0
    else if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
3947
0
       && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
3948
0
       && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3949
0
      {
3950
0
        bfd_vma offset;
3951
3952
0
        BFD_ASSERT (htab);
3953
3954
0
    if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (info->output_bfd,
3955
0
              input_section->output_section))
3956
0
      {
3957
0
        _bfd_error_handler
3958
          /* xgettext:c-format */
3959
0
          (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
3960
0
       "cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
3961
0
           input_bfd,
3962
0
           input_section,
3963
0
           (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
3964
0
           symname);
3965
0
        return false;
3966
0
      }
3967
3968
0
        offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (info->output_bfd, info,
3969
0
            input_section, rel->r_offset);
3970
0
        if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
3971
0
    sh_elf_add_rofixup (info->output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3972
0
            input_section->output_section->vma
3973
0
            + input_section->output_offset
3974
0
            + rel->r_offset);
3975
3976
0
        check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
3977
0
      }
3978
      /* We don't want warnings for non-NULL tests on undefined weak
3979
         symbols.  */
3980
0
      else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
3981
0
         && h
3982
0
         && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3983
0
        check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
3984
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
3985
3986
0
  case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
3987
    /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
3988
       procedure linkage table.  */
3989
3990
0
    if (h == NULL
3991
0
        || h->forced_local
3992
0
        || ! bfd_link_pic (info)
3993
0
        || info->symbolic
3994
0
        || h->dynindx == -1
3995
0
        || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
3996
0
        || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
3997
0
      goto force_got;
3998
3999
    /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4000
       offset table extension for the procedure linkage table.  */
4001
4002
0
    BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4003
0
    BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4004
0
    relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
4005
0
      + (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
4006
0
         + 3) * 4);
4007
4008
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4009
    relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4010
#endif
4011
4012
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
4013
4014
0
  force_got:
4015
0
  case R_SH_GOT32:
4016
0
  case R_SH_GOT20:
4017
    /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4018
       offset table.  */
4019
4020
0
    BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4021
0
    BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
4022
0
    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4023
4024
0
    if (h != NULL)
4025
0
      {
4026
0
        bool dyn;
4027
4028
0
        off = h->got.offset;
4029
0
        BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
4030
4031
0
        dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
4032
0
        if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
4033
0
                 bfd_link_pic (info),
4034
0
                 h)
4035
0
      || (bfd_link_pic (info)
4036
0
          && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4037
0
      || ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
4038
0
           || resolved_to_zero)
4039
0
          && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4040
0
    {
4041
      /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
4042
         -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
4043
         locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
4044
         because of a version file.  We must initialize
4045
         this entry in the global offset table.  Since the
4046
         offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
4047
         least significant bit to record whether we have
4048
         initialized it already.
4049
4050
         When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
4051
         relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
4052
         is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
4053
0
      if ((off & 1) != 0)
4054
0
        off &= ~1;
4055
0
      else
4056
0
        {
4057
0
          bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, relocation,
4058
0
          sgot->contents + off);
4059
0
          h->got.offset |= 1;
4060
4061
          /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
4062
       symbol address, also add a fixup.  */
4063
0
          if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
4064
0
        && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
4065
0
        && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4066
0
            || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4067
0
      sh_elf_add_rofixup (info->output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4068
0
              sgot->output_section->vma
4069
0
              + sgot->output_offset
4070
0
              + off);
4071
0
        }
4072
0
    }
4073
4074
0
        relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4075
0
      }
4076
0
    else
4077
0
      {
4078
0
        BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4079
0
        && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
4080
4081
0
        off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4082
4083
        /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
4084
     the least significant bit to record whether we have
4085
     already generated the necessary reloc.  */
4086
0
        if ((off & 1) != 0)
4087
0
    off &= ~1;
4088
0
        else
4089
0
    {
4090
0
      bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, relocation,
4091
0
            sgot->contents + off);
4092
4093
0
      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4094
0
        {
4095
0
          Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4096
0
          bfd_byte *loc;
4097
4098
0
          outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4099
0
           + sgot->output_offset
4100
0
           + off);
4101
0
          if (fdpic_p)
4102
0
      {
4103
0
        int dynindx
4104
0
          = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4105
0
        outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4106
0
        outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4107
0
        outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4108
0
      }
4109
0
          else
4110
0
      {
4111
0
        outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4112
0
        outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4113
0
      }
4114
0
          loc = srelgot->contents;
4115
0
          loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4116
0
          bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4117
0
        }
4118
0
      else if (fdpic_p
4119
0
         && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
4120
0
             == GOT_NORMAL))
4121
0
        sh_elf_add_rofixup (info->output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4122
0
          sgot->output_section->vma
4123
0
          + sgot->output_offset
4124
0
          + off);
4125
4126
0
      local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4127
0
    }
4128
4129
0
        relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4130
0
      }
4131
4132
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4133
    relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4134
#endif
4135
4136
0
    if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
4137
0
      {
4138
0
        r = install_movi20_field (info->output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4139
0
          input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4140
0
          rel->r_offset);
4141
0
        break;
4142
0
      }
4143
0
    else
4144
0
      goto final_link_relocate;
4145
4146
0
  case R_SH_GOTOFF:
4147
0
  case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
4148
    /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
4149
       we place at the start of the .got.plt section.  This is the same
4150
       as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
4151
       descriptors in front of it.  */
4152
0
    BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4153
0
    BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4154
0
    check_segment[0] = got_segment;
4155
0
    relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
4156
0
      + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
4157
4158
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4159
    relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4160
#endif
4161
4162
0
    addend = rel->r_addend;
4163
4164
0
    if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
4165
0
      {
4166
0
        r = install_movi20_field (info->output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4167
0
          input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4168
0
          rel->r_offset);
4169
0
        break;
4170
0
      }
4171
0
    else
4172
0
      goto final_link_relocate;
4173
4174
0
  case R_SH_GOTPC:
4175
    /* Use global offset table as symbol value.  */
4176
4177
0
    BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4178
0
    relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
4179
4180
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4181
    relocation += GOT_BIAS;
4182
#endif
4183
4184
0
    addend = rel->r_addend;
4185
4186
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
4187
4188
0
  case R_SH_PLT32:
4189
    /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4190
       procedure linkage table.  */
4191
4192
    /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
4193
       without using the procedure linkage table.  */
4194
0
    if (h == NULL)
4195
0
      goto final_link_relocate;
4196
4197
    /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
4198
       as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
4199
       anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
4200
       behavior.  */
4201
0
    if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4202
0
      check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4203
4204
0
    if (h->forced_local)
4205
0
      goto final_link_relocate;
4206
4207
0
    if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4208
0
      {
4209
        /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
4210
     happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
4211
     using -Bsymbolic.  */
4212
0
        goto final_link_relocate;
4213
0
      }
4214
4215
0
    BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
4216
0
    check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
4217
0
    relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
4218
0
      + splt->output_offset
4219
0
      + h->plt.offset);
4220
4221
0
    addend = rel->r_addend;
4222
4223
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
4224
4225
  /* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
4226
     symbol, possibly via the GOT.  Initialize the GOT
4227
     entry and function descriptor if necessary.  */
4228
0
  case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
4229
0
  case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
4230
0
  case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
4231
0
    {
4232
0
      int dynindx = -1;
4233
0
      asection *reloc_section;
4234
0
      bfd_vma reloc_offset;
4235
0
      int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
4236
4237
0
      BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4238
4239
0
      check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4240
4241
      /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
4242
         executable, with --export-dynamic.  Do they need ld.so
4243
         to allocate official descriptors?  See what this code
4244
         does.  */
4245
4246
0
      relocation = 0;
4247
0
      addend = 0;
4248
4249
0
      if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4250
0
        {
4251
0
    reloc_section = input_section;
4252
0
    reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
4253
0
        }
4254
0
      else
4255
0
        {
4256
0
    reloc_section = sgot;
4257
4258
0
    if (h != NULL)
4259
0
      reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
4260
0
    else
4261
0
      {
4262
0
        BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
4263
0
        reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4264
0
      }
4265
0
    BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
4266
4267
0
    if (reloc_offset & 1)
4268
0
      {
4269
0
        reloc_offset &= ~1;
4270
0
        goto funcdesc_done_got;
4271
0
      }
4272
0
        }
4273
4274
0
      if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4275
0
    && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4276
0
        || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
4277
        /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
4278
     resolved later; leave it at zero.  */
4279
0
        goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4280
0
      else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4281
0
         && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4282
0
        {
4283
    /* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
4284
       but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
4285
       protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
4286
       section+offset.  This is an optimization; the dynamic
4287
       linker would resolve our function descriptor request
4288
       to our copy of the function anyway.  */
4289
0
    dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
4290
0
              ->output_section)->dynindx;
4291
0
    relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
4292
0
      + h->root.u.def.value;
4293
0
        }
4294
0
      else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4295
0
        {
4296
    /* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
4297
       symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
4298
       shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
4299
       the dynamic linker will allocate the function
4300
       descriptor.  */
4301
0
    BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4302
0
    dynindx = h->dynindx;
4303
0
        }
4304
0
      else
4305
0
        {
4306
0
    bfd_vma offset;
4307
4308
    /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4309
       descriptor, so reference it directly.  */
4310
0
    reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
4311
0
    dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
4312
0
              ->output_section)->dynindx;
4313
4314
0
    if (h)
4315
0
      {
4316
0
        offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
4317
0
        BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4318
0
        if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4319
0
          {
4320
0
      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (info->output_bfd,
4321
0
               info, h,
4322
0
               offset, NULL, 0))
4323
0
        return false;
4324
0
      sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
4325
0
          }
4326
0
      }
4327
0
    else
4328
0
      {
4329
0
        union gotref *local_funcdesc;
4330
4331
0
        local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
4332
0
        offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
4333
0
        BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4334
0
        if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4335
0
          {
4336
0
      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (info->output_bfd,
4337
0
               info, NULL,
4338
0
               offset, sec,
4339
0
               sym->st_value))
4340
0
        return false;
4341
0
      local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
4342
0
          }
4343
0
      }
4344
4345
0
    relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
4346
0
        }
4347
4348
0
      if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4349
0
        {
4350
0
    bfd_vma offset;
4351
4352
0
    if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (info->output_bfd,
4353
0
              reloc_section->output_section))
4354
0
      {
4355
0
        _bfd_error_handler
4356
          /* xgettext:c-format */
4357
0
          (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
4358
0
       "cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4359
0
           input_bfd,
4360
0
           input_section,
4361
0
           (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
4362
0
           symname);
4363
0
        return false;
4364
0
      }
4365
4366
0
    offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (info->output_bfd, info,
4367
0
              reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4368
4369
0
    if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4370
0
      sh_elf_add_rofixup (info->output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4371
0
              offset
4372
0
              + reloc_section->output_section->vma
4373
0
              + reloc_section->output_offset);
4374
0
        }
4375
0
      else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
4376
0
          & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
4377
0
        {
4378
0
    bfd_vma offset;
4379
4380
0
    if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (info->output_bfd,
4381
0
              reloc_section->output_section))
4382
0
      {
4383
0
        info->callbacks->warning
4384
0
          (info,
4385
0
           _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
4386
0
           symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4387
0
        return false;
4388
0
      }
4389
4390
0
    offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (info->output_bfd, info,
4391
0
              reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4392
4393
0
    if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4394
0
      sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (info->output_bfd, srelgot,
4395
0
          offset
4396
0
          + reloc_section->output_section->vma
4397
0
          + reloc_section->output_offset,
4398
0
          reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
4399
4400
0
    if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4401
0
      {
4402
0
        r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4403
0
        break;
4404
0
      }
4405
0
    else
4406
0
      {
4407
0
        relocation = 0;
4408
0
        goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4409
0
      }
4410
0
        }
4411
4412
0
      if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4413
0
        relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
4414
0
    funcdesc_leave_zero:
4415
0
      if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4416
0
        {
4417
0
    bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, relocation,
4418
0
          reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
4419
0
    if (h != NULL)
4420
0
      h->got.offset |= 1;
4421
0
    else
4422
0
      local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4423
4424
0
        funcdesc_done_got:
4425
4426
0
    relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
4427
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4428
    relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4429
#endif
4430
0
        }
4431
0
      if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
4432
0
        {
4433
0
    r = install_movi20_field (info->output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4434
0
            input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4435
0
            rel->r_offset);
4436
0
    break;
4437
0
        }
4438
0
      else
4439
0
        goto final_link_relocate;
4440
0
    }
4441
0
    break;
4442
4443
0
  case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
4444
0
  case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
4445
    /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
4446
       executable and --export-dynamic.  If such symbols get
4447
       ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4448
       for them.  */
4449
0
    BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4450
4451
0
    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4452
0
    relocation = 0;
4453
0
    addend = rel->r_addend;
4454
4455
0
    if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4456
0
        || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
4457
0
      {
4458
0
        _bfd_error_handler
4459
    /* xgettext:c-format */
4460
0
    (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
4461
0
       "%s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
4462
0
     input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
4463
0
     howto->name, h->root.root.string);
4464
0
        return false;
4465
0
      }
4466
0
    else
4467
0
      {
4468
0
        bfd_vma offset;
4469
4470
        /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4471
     descriptor, so reference it directly.  */
4472
0
        if (h)
4473
0
    {
4474
0
      offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
4475
0
      BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4476
0
      if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4477
0
        {
4478
0
          if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (info->output_bfd,
4479
0
                   info, h,
4480
0
                   offset, NULL, 0))
4481
0
      return false;
4482
0
          sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
4483
0
        }
4484
0
    }
4485
0
        else
4486
0
    {
4487
0
      union gotref *local_funcdesc;
4488
4489
0
      local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
4490
0
      offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
4491
0
      BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4492
0
      if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4493
0
        {
4494
0
          if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (info->output_bfd,
4495
0
                   info, NULL,
4496
0
                   offset, sec,
4497
0
                   sym->st_value))
4498
0
      return false;
4499
0
          local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
4500
0
        }
4501
0
    }
4502
4503
0
        relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
4504
0
      }
4505
4506
0
    relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
4507
0
       + sgotplt->output_offset);
4508
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4509
    relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4510
#endif
4511
4512
0
    if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
4513
0
      {
4514
0
        r = install_movi20_field (info->output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4515
0
          input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4516
0
          rel->r_offset);
4517
0
        break;
4518
0
      }
4519
0
    else
4520
0
      goto final_link_relocate;
4521
4522
0
  case R_SH_LOOP_START:
4523
0
    {
4524
0
      static bfd_vma start, end;
4525
4526
0
      start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
4527
0
         - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
4528
0
      r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4529
0
           rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
4530
0
      break;
4531
4532
0
  case R_SH_LOOP_END:
4533
0
      end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
4534
0
       - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
4535
0
      r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4536
0
           rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
4537
0
      break;
4538
0
    }
4539
4540
0
  case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
4541
0
  case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
4542
0
    BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4543
0
    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4544
0
    r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
4545
0
    got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
4546
0
    if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
4547
0
      got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
4548
0
    else if (h != NULL)
4549
0
      {
4550
0
        got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
4551
0
        if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
4552
0
      && (h->dynindx == -1
4553
0
          || h->def_regular))
4554
0
    r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
4555
0
      }
4556
4557
0
    if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
4558
0
      r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
4559
4560
0
    if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
4561
0
      {
4562
0
        bfd_vma offset;
4563
0
        unsigned short insn;
4564
4565
0
        if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
4566
0
    {
4567
      /* GD->LE transition:
4568
           mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
4569
           jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
4570
           1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
4571
         We change it into:
4572
           mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
4573
           nop; nop; ...
4574
           1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:.  */
4575
4576
0
      offset = rel->r_offset;
4577
0
      if (offset < 16)
4578
0
        {
4579
0
          _bfd_error_handler
4580
      /* xgettext:c-format */
4581
0
      (_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for GD->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
4582
0
       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
4583
0
          return false;
4584
0
        }
4585
4586
      /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
4587
0
      offset -= 16;
4588
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4589
0
      if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
4590
0
        {
4591
0
          BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
4592
0
          offset -= 2;
4593
0
          insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4594
0
        }
4595
4596
0
      if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd400)
4597
0
        _bfd_error_handler
4598
          /* xgettext:c-format */  /* The backslash is to prevent bogus trigraph detection.  */
4599
0
          (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd4?\?)"),
4600
0
           input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
4601
4602
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
4603
4604
0
      if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xc700)
4605
0
        _bfd_error_handler
4606
          /* xgettext:c-format */
4607
0
          (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xc7?\?)"),
4608
0
           input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
4609
4610
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
4611
0
      if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd100)
4612
0
        _bfd_error_handler
4613
          /* xgettext:c-format */
4614
0
          (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd1?\?)"),
4615
0
           input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
4616
4617
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
4618
0
      if (insn != 0x310c)
4619
0
        _bfd_error_handler
4620
          /* xgettext:c-format */
4621
0
          (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x310c)"),
4622
0
           input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
4623
4624
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
4625
0
      if (insn != 0x410b)
4626
0
        _bfd_error_handler
4627
          /* xgettext:c-format */
4628
0
          (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x410b)"),
4629
0
           input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
4630
4631
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
4632
0
      if (insn != 0x34cc)
4633
0
        _bfd_error_handler
4634
          /* xgettext:c-format */
4635
0
          (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x34cc)"),
4636
0
           input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
4637
4638
0
      bfd_put_16 (info->output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
4639
0
      bfd_put_16 (info->output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
4640
0
      bfd_put_16 (info->output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
4641
0
      bfd_put_16 (info->output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
4642
0
      bfd_put_16 (info->output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
4643
0
    }
4644
0
        else
4645
0
    {
4646
0
      int target;
4647
4648
      /* IE->LE transition:
4649
             mov.l 1f,r0;
4650
             stc gbr,rN;
4651
             mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
4652
             bra 2f;
4653
             add ...;
4654
             .align 2;
4655
           1: x@GOTTPOFF;
4656
           2:
4657
         We change it into:
4658
             mov.l .Ln,rM;
4659
       stc gbr,rN;
4660
       nop;
4661
       ...;
4662
           1: x@TPOFF;
4663
           2:.  */
4664
4665
0
      offset = rel->r_offset;
4666
0
      if (offset < 16)
4667
0
        {
4668
0
          _bfd_error_handler
4669
      /* xgettext:c-format */
4670
0
      (_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for IE->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
4671
0
       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
4672
0
          return false;
4673
0
        }
4674
4675
      /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12.  */
4676
0
      offset -= 10;
4677
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4678
0
      if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
4679
0
        {
4680
0
          BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
4681
0
          offset -= 2;
4682
0
          insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4683
0
        }
4684
4685
0
      if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd000)
4686
0
        _bfd_error_handler
4687
          /* xgettext:c-format */
4688
0
          (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd0??: mov.l)"),
4689
0
           input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
4690
4691
0
      target = insn & 0x00ff;
4692
4693
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
4694
0
      if ((insn & 0xf0ff) != 0x0012)
4695
0
        _bfd_error_handler
4696
          /* xgettext:c-format */
4697
0
          (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x0?12: stc)"),
4698
0
           input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) (offset + 2), (int) insn);
4699
4700
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
4701
0
      if ((insn & 0xf0ff) != 0x00ce)
4702
0
        _bfd_error_handler
4703
          /* xgettext:c-format */
4704
0
          (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x0?ce: mov.l)"),
4705
0
           input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) (offset + 4), (int) insn);
4706
4707
0
      insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
4708
0
      bfd_put_16 (info->output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
4709
0
      bfd_put_16 (info->output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
4710
0
    }
4711
4712
0
        bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
4713
0
        contents + rel->r_offset);
4714
0
        continue;
4715
0
      }
4716
4717
0
    if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
4718
0
      abort ();
4719
4720
0
    if (h != NULL)
4721
0
      off = h->got.offset;
4722
0
    else
4723
0
      {
4724
0
        if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
4725
0
    abort ();
4726
4727
0
        off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4728
0
      }
4729
4730
    /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking.  */
4731
0
    if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
4732
0
        && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
4733
0
      {
4734
0
        off &= ~1;
4735
0
        bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
4736
0
        sgot->contents + off);
4737
0
        bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
4738
0
        contents + rel->r_offset);
4739
0
        continue;
4740
0
      }
4741
4742
0
    if ((off & 1) != 0)
4743
0
      off &= ~1;
4744
0
    else
4745
0
      {
4746
0
        Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4747
0
        bfd_byte *loc;
4748
0
        int dr_type, indx;
4749
4750
0
        outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4751
0
         + sgot->output_offset + off);
4752
4753
0
        if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
4754
0
    indx = 0;
4755
0
        else
4756
0
    indx = h->dynindx;
4757
4758
0
        dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
4759
0
       R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
4760
0
        if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
4761
0
    outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
4762
0
        else
4763
0
    outrel.r_addend = 0;
4764
0
        outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
4765
0
        loc = srelgot->contents;
4766
0
        loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4767
0
        bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4768
4769
0
        if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
4770
0
    {
4771
0
      if (indx == 0)
4772
0
        {
4773
0
          bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
4774
0
          relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
4775
0
          sgot->contents + off + 4);
4776
0
        }
4777
0
      else
4778
0
        {
4779
0
          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
4780
0
                R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
4781
0
          outrel.r_offset += 4;
4782
0
          outrel.r_addend = 0;
4783
0
          srelgot->reloc_count++;
4784
0
          loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4785
0
          bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4786
0
        }
4787
0
    }
4788
4789
0
        if (h != NULL)
4790
0
    h->got.offset |= 1;
4791
0
        else
4792
0
    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4793
0
      }
4794
4795
0
    if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
4796
0
      abort ();
4797
4798
0
    if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
4799
0
      relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4800
0
    else
4801
0
      {
4802
0
        bfd_vma offset;
4803
0
        unsigned short insn;
4804
4805
        /* GD->IE transition:
4806
       mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
4807
       jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
4808
       1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
4809
     We change it into:
4810
       mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
4811
       nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
4812
       1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:.  */
4813
4814
0
        offset = rel->r_offset;
4815
0
        if (offset < 16)
4816
0
    {
4817
0
      _bfd_error_handler
4818
        /* xgettext:c-format */
4819
0
        (_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for GD->IE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
4820
0
         input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
4821
0
      return false;
4822
0
    }
4823
4824
        /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
4825
0
        offset -= 16;
4826
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4827
0
        if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
4828
0
    {
4829
0
      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
4830
0
      offset -= 2;
4831
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4832
0
    }
4833
4834
0
        BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
4835
4836
        /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0.  */
4837
0
        bfd_put_16 (info->output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
4838
4839
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
4840
0
        BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
4841
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
4842
0
        BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
4843
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
4844
0
        BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
4845
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
4846
0
        BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
4847
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
4848
0
        BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
4849
4850
0
        bfd_put_16 (info->output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
4851
0
        bfd_put_16 (info->output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
4852
0
        bfd_put_16 (info->output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
4853
0
        bfd_put_16 (info->output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
4854
0
        bfd_put_16 (info->output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
4855
4856
0
        bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
4857
0
        contents + rel->r_offset);
4858
4859
0
        continue;
4860
0
    }
4861
4862
0
    addend = rel->r_addend;
4863
4864
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
4865
4866
0
  case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
4867
0
    BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4868
0
    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4869
0
    if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
4870
0
      {
4871
0
        bfd_vma offset;
4872
0
        unsigned short insn;
4873
4874
        /* LD->LE transition:
4875
       mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
4876
       jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
4877
       1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
4878
     We change it into:
4879
       stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
4880
       nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:.  */
4881
4882
0
        offset = rel->r_offset;
4883
0
        if (offset < 16)
4884
0
    {
4885
0
      _bfd_error_handler
4886
        /* xgettext:c-format */
4887
0
        (_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for LD->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
4888
0
         input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
4889
0
      return false;
4890
0
    }
4891
4892
        /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
4893
0
        offset -= 16;
4894
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4895
0
        if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
4896
0
    {
4897
0
      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
4898
0
      offset -= 2;
4899
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4900
0
    }
4901
4902
0
        BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
4903
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
4904
0
        BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
4905
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
4906
0
        BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
4907
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
4908
0
        BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
4909
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
4910
0
        BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
4911
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
4912
0
        BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
4913
4914
0
        bfd_put_16 (info->output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
4915
0
        bfd_put_16 (info->output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
4916
0
        bfd_put_16 (info->output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
4917
0
        bfd_put_16 (info->output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
4918
0
        bfd_put_16 (info->output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
4919
0
        bfd_put_16 (info->output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
4920
4921
0
        continue;
4922
0
      }
4923
4924
0
    if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
4925
0
      abort ();
4926
4927
0
    off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
4928
0
    if (off & 1)
4929
0
      off &= ~1;
4930
0
    else
4931
0
      {
4932
0
        Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4933
0
        bfd_byte *loc;
4934
4935
0
        outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4936
0
         + sgot->output_offset + off);
4937
0
        outrel.r_addend = 0;
4938
0
        outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
4939
0
        loc = srelgot->contents;
4940
0
        loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4941
0
        bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4942
0
        htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
4943
0
      }
4944
4945
0
    relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4946
0
    addend = rel->r_addend;
4947
4948
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
4949
4950
0
  case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
4951
0
    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4952
0
    if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
4953
0
      relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
4954
0
    else
4955
0
      relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
4956
4957
0
    addend = rel->r_addend;
4958
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
4959
4960
0
  case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
4961
0
    {
4962
0
      int indx;
4963
0
      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4964
0
      bfd_byte *loc;
4965
4966
0
      check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4967
4968
0
      if (!bfd_link_dll (info))
4969
0
        {
4970
0
    relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
4971
0
    addend = rel->r_addend;
4972
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
4973
0
        }
4974
4975
0
      sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
4976
0
      if (sreloc == NULL)
4977
0
        return false;
4978
4979
0
      if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
4980
0
        indx = 0;
4981
0
      else
4982
0
        indx = h->dynindx;
4983
4984
0
      outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
4985
0
             + input_section->output_offset
4986
0
             + rel->r_offset);
4987
0
      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
4988
0
      if (indx == 0)
4989
0
        outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
4990
0
      else
4991
0
        outrel.r_addend = 0;
4992
4993
0
      loc = sreloc->contents;
4994
0
      loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4995
0
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4996
0
      continue;
4997
0
    }
4998
0
  }
4999
5000
0
    relocation_done:
5001
0
      if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
5002
0
    && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
5003
0
  {
5004
    /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols.  */
5005
0
    if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5006
0
      {
5007
0
        if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5008
0
    {
5009
0
      info->callbacks->einfo
5010
        /* xgettext:c-format */
5011
0
        (_("%X%H: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5012
0
         input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5013
0
      return false;
5014
0
    }
5015
0
        else
5016
0
    info->callbacks->einfo
5017
      /* xgettext:c-format */
5018
0
      (_("%H: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5019
0
       input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5020
0
      }
5021
5022
0
    elf_elfheader (info->output_bfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
5023
0
  }
5024
5025
0
      if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
5026
0
  {
5027
0
    switch (r)
5028
0
      {
5029
0
      default:
5030
0
      case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
5031
0
        abort ();
5032
0
      case bfd_reloc_overflow:
5033
0
        {
5034
0
    const char *name;
5035
5036
0
    if (h != NULL)
5037
0
      name = NULL;
5038
0
    else
5039
0
      {
5040
0
        name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
5041
0
          (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
5042
0
        if (name == NULL)
5043
0
          return false;
5044
0
        if (*name == '\0')
5045
0
          name = bfd_section_name (sec);
5046
0
      }
5047
0
    (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
5048
0
      (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
5049
0
       (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
5050
0
        }
5051
0
        break;
5052
0
      }
5053
0
  }
5054
0
    }
5055
5056
0
  return true;
5057
0
}
5058
5059
/* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
5060
   which uses sh_elf_relocate_section.  */
5061
5062
static bfd_byte *
5063
sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
5064
               struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5065
               struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
5066
               bfd_byte *data,
5067
               bool relocatable,
5068
               asymbol **symbols)
5069
61
{
5070
61
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5071
61
  asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
5072
61
  bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
5073
61
  asection **sections = NULL;
5074
61
  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
5075
61
  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5076
5077
  /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
5078
     particular set of section contents, specially.  */
5079
61
  if (relocatable
5080
61
      || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
5081
61
    return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
5082
61
                   link_order, data,
5083
61
                   relocatable,
5084
61
                   symbols);
5085
5086
0
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
5087
5088
0
  bfd_byte *orig_data = data;
5089
0
  if (data == NULL)
5090
0
    {
5091
0
      data = bfd_malloc (input_section->size);
5092
0
      if (data == NULL)
5093
0
  return NULL;
5094
0
    }
5095
0
  memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
5096
0
    (size_t) input_section->size);
5097
5098
0
  if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
5099
0
      && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
5100
0
    {
5101
0
      asection **secpp;
5102
0
      Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
5103
0
      bfd_size_type amt;
5104
5105
0
      internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
5106
0
       (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
5107
0
        (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, false));
5108
0
      if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5109
0
  goto error_return;
5110
5111
0
      if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5112
0
  {
5113
0
    isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5114
0
    if (isymbuf == NULL)
5115
0
      isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
5116
0
              symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5117
0
              NULL, NULL, NULL);
5118
0
    if (isymbuf == NULL)
5119
0
      goto error_return;
5120
0
  }
5121
5122
0
      amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5123
0
      amt *= sizeof (asection *);
5124
0
      sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
5125
0
      if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
5126
0
  goto error_return;
5127
5128
0
      isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5129
0
      for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
5130
0
  {
5131
0
    asection *isec;
5132
5133
0
    if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5134
0
      isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5135
0
    else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5136
0
      isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5137
0
    else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5138
0
      isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5139
0
    else
5140
0
      isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
5141
5142
0
    *secpp = isec;
5143
0
  }
5144
5145
0
      if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (link_info, input_bfd,
5146
0
             input_section, data, internal_relocs,
5147
0
             isymbuf, sections))
5148
0
  goto error_return;
5149
5150
0
      free (sections);
5151
0
      if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5152
0
  free (isymbuf);
5153
0
      if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5154
0
  free (internal_relocs);
5155
0
    }
5156
5157
0
  return data;
5158
5159
0
 error_return:
5160
0
  free (sections);
5161
0
  if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5162
0
    free (isymbuf);
5163
0
  if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5164
0
    free (internal_relocs);
5165
0
  if (orig_data == NULL)
5166
0
    free (data);
5167
0
  return NULL;
5168
0
}
5169
5170
/* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
5171
   when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
5172
   This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr.  */
5173
5174
static bfd_vma
5175
dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
5176
0
{
5177
  /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
5178
0
  if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5179
0
    return 0;
5180
0
  return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
5181
0
}
5182
5183
/* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32..  */
5184
5185
static bfd_vma
5186
tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
5187
0
{
5188
  /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
5189
0
  if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5190
0
    return 0;
5191
  /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
5192
     structure which has 2 pointer fields.  */
5193
0
  return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
5194
0
    + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
5195
0
       elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
5196
0
}
5197
5198
static asection *
5199
sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
5200
         struct bfd_link_info *info,
5201
         struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
5202
         struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5203
         unsigned int symndx)
5204
0
{
5205
0
  if (h != NULL)
5206
0
    switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (cookie->rel->r_info))
5207
0
      {
5208
0
      case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5209
0
      case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5210
0
  return NULL;
5211
0
      }
5212
5213
0
  return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, cookie, h, symndx);
5214
0
}
5215
5216
/* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
5217
5218
static void
5219
sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5220
           struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
5221
           struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
5222
0
{
5223
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
5224
5225
0
  edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
5226
0
  eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
5227
5228
0
  edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
5229
0
  eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
5230
0
  edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
5231
0
  eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
5232
0
  edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
5233
0
  eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
5234
5235
0
  if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5236
0
      && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
5237
0
    {
5238
0
      edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
5239
0
      eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5240
0
    }
5241
5242
0
  if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
5243
0
      && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
5244
0
    {
5245
      /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
5246
   of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
5247
   We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS.  */
5248
0
      if (dir->versioned != versioned_hidden)
5249
0
  dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
5250
0
      dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
5251
0
      dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
5252
0
      dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
5253
0
    }
5254
0
  else
5255
0
    _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
5256
0
}
5257
5258
static int
5259
sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
5260
          int is_local)
5261
0
{
5262
0
  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5263
0
    return r_type;
5264
5265
0
  switch (r_type)
5266
0
    {
5267
0
    case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5268
0
    case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5269
0
      if (is_local)
5270
0
  return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5271
0
      return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5272
0
    case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5273
0
      return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5274
0
    }
5275
5276
0
  return r_type;
5277
0
}
5278
5279
/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
5280
   Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
5281
   virtual table relocs for gc.  */
5282
5283
static bool
5284
sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
5285
         const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5286
0
{
5287
0
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5288
0
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5289
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
5290
0
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
5291
0
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
5292
0
  asection *sreloc;
5293
0
  unsigned int r_type;
5294
0
  enum got_type got_type, old_got_type;
5295
5296
0
  sreloc = NULL;
5297
5298
0
  if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
5299
0
    return true;
5300
5301
0
  BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
5302
5303
0
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
5304
0
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5305
5306
0
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
5307
0
  if (htab == NULL)
5308
0
    return false;
5309
5310
0
  rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
5311
0
  for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
5312
0
    {
5313
0
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5314
0
      unsigned long r_symndx;
5315
5316
0
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
5317
0
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
5318
5319
0
      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
5320
0
  h = NULL;
5321
0
      else
5322
0
  {
5323
0
    h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
5324
0
    while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5325
0
     || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5326
0
      h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5327
0
  }
5328
5329
0
      r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
5330
0
      if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5331
0
    && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
5332
0
    && h != NULL
5333
0
    && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
5334
0
    && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5335
0
    && (h->dynindx == -1
5336
0
        || h->def_regular))
5337
0
  r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5338
5339
0
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
5340
0
  switch (r_type)
5341
0
    {
5342
0
    case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5343
0
    case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5344
0
    case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5345
0
    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5346
0
    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5347
0
      if (h != NULL)
5348
0
        {
5349
0
    if (h->dynindx == -1)
5350
0
      switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
5351
0
        {
5352
0
        case STV_INTERNAL:
5353
0
        case STV_HIDDEN:
5354
0
          break;
5355
0
        default:
5356
0
          bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
5357
0
          break;
5358
0
        }
5359
0
        }
5360
0
      break;
5361
0
    }
5362
5363
      /* Some relocs require a global offset table.  */
5364
0
      if (htab->root.sgot == NULL)
5365
0
  {
5366
0
    switch (r_type)
5367
0
      {
5368
0
      case R_SH_DIR32:
5369
        /* This may require an rofixup.  */
5370
0
        if (!htab->fdpic_p)
5371
0
    break;
5372
        /* Fall through.  */
5373
0
      case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
5374
0
      case R_SH_GOT32:
5375
0
      case R_SH_GOT20:
5376
0
      case R_SH_GOTOFF:
5377
0
      case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
5378
0
      case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5379
0
      case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5380
0
      case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5381
0
      case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5382
0
      case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5383
0
      case R_SH_GOTPC:
5384
0
      case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5385
0
      case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5386
0
      case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5387
0
        if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
5388
0
    htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
5389
0
        if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
5390
0
    return false;
5391
0
        break;
5392
5393
0
      default:
5394
0
        break;
5395
0
      }
5396
0
  }
5397
5398
0
      switch (r_type)
5399
0
  {
5400
    /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5401
       Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
5402
0
  case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5403
0
    if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
5404
0
      return false;
5405
0
    break;
5406
5407
    /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5408
       used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
5409
0
  case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5410
0
    if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
5411
0
      return false;
5412
0
    break;
5413
5414
0
  case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5415
0
    if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5416
0
      info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
5417
5418
    /* FALLTHROUGH */
5419
0
  force_got:
5420
0
  case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5421
0
  case R_SH_GOT32:
5422
0
  case R_SH_GOT20:
5423
0
  case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5424
0
  case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5425
0
    switch (r_type)
5426
0
      {
5427
0
      default:
5428
0
        got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
5429
0
        break;
5430
0
      case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5431
0
        got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
5432
0
        break;
5433
0
      case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5434
0
        got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
5435
0
        break;
5436
0
      case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5437
0
      case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5438
0
        got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
5439
0
        break;
5440
0
      }
5441
5442
0
    if (h != NULL)
5443
0
      {
5444
0
        h->got.refcount += 1;
5445
0
        old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5446
0
      }
5447
0
    else
5448
0
      {
5449
0
        bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
5450
5451
        /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
5452
     symbol.  */
5453
0
        local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
5454
0
        if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
5455
0
    {
5456
0
      bfd_size_type size;
5457
5458
0
      size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5459
0
      size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
5460
0
      size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5461
0
      local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
5462
0
           bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
5463
0
      if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
5464
0
        return false;
5465
0
      elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
5466
0
      sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
5467
0
        = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
5468
0
    }
5469
0
        local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
5470
0
        old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
5471
0
      }
5472
5473
    /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
5474
       there is no point to use dynamic model for it.  */
5475
0
    if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
5476
0
        && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
5477
0
      {
5478
0
        if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
5479
0
    got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
5480
0
        else
5481
0
    {
5482
0
      if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
5483
0
          && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
5484
0
        _bfd_error_handler
5485
          /* xgettext:c-format */
5486
0
          (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
5487
0
           abfd, h->root.root.string);
5488
0
      else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
5489
0
         || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
5490
0
        _bfd_error_handler
5491
          /* xgettext:c-format */
5492
0
          (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
5493
0
           abfd, h->root.root.string);
5494
0
      else
5495
0
        _bfd_error_handler
5496
          /* xgettext:c-format */
5497
0
          (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
5498
0
           abfd, h->root.root.string);
5499
0
      return false;
5500
0
    }
5501
0
      }
5502
5503
0
    if (old_got_type != got_type)
5504
0
      {
5505
0
        if (h != NULL)
5506
0
    sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
5507
0
        else
5508
0
    sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
5509
0
      }
5510
5511
0
    break;
5512
5513
0
  case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5514
0
    sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
5515
0
    break;
5516
5517
0
  case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5518
0
  case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5519
0
  case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5520
0
    if (rel->r_addend)
5521
0
      {
5522
0
        _bfd_error_handler
5523
0
    (_("%pB: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
5524
0
     abfd);
5525
0
        return false;
5526
0
      }
5527
5528
0
    if (h == NULL)
5529
0
      {
5530
0
        union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5531
5532
        /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol.  */
5533
0
        local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
5534
0
        if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
5535
0
    {
5536
0
      bfd_size_type size;
5537
5538
0
      size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
5539
0
      local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
5540
0
      if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
5541
0
        return false;
5542
0
      sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
5543
0
    }
5544
0
        local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
5545
5546
0
        if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5547
0
    {
5548
0
      if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
5549
0
        htab->srofixup->size += 4;
5550
0
      else
5551
0
        htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5552
0
    }
5553
0
      }
5554
0
    else
5555
0
      {
5556
0
        sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
5557
0
        if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5558
0
    sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
5559
5560
        /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
5561
     there should not be any non-FDPIC references.  */
5562
0
        old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5563
0
        if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
5564
0
    {
5565
0
      if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
5566
0
        _bfd_error_handler
5567
          /* xgettext:c-format */
5568
0
          (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
5569
0
           abfd, h->root.root.string);
5570
0
      else
5571
0
        _bfd_error_handler
5572
          /* xgettext:c-format */
5573
0
          (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
5574
0
           abfd, h->root.root.string);
5575
0
    }
5576
0
      }
5577
0
    break;
5578
5579
0
  case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
5580
    /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
5581
       creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
5582
5583
0
    if (h == NULL
5584
0
        || h->forced_local
5585
0
        || ! bfd_link_pic (info)
5586
0
        || info->symbolic
5587
0
        || h->dynindx == -1)
5588
0
      goto force_got;
5589
5590
0
    h->needs_plt = 1;
5591
0
    h->plt.refcount += 1;
5592
0
    ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
5593
5594
0
    break;
5595
5596
0
  case R_SH_PLT32:
5597
    /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
5598
       actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
5599
       because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
5600
       never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
5601
       don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
5602
       after all.  */
5603
5604
    /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
5605
       creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
5606
0
    if (h == NULL)
5607
0
      continue;
5608
5609
0
    if (h->forced_local)
5610
0
      break;
5611
5612
0
    h->needs_plt = 1;
5613
0
    h->plt.refcount += 1;
5614
0
    break;
5615
5616
0
  case R_SH_DIR32:
5617
0
  case R_SH_REL32:
5618
0
    if (h != NULL && ! bfd_link_pic (info))
5619
0
      {
5620
0
        h->non_got_ref = 1;
5621
0
        h->plt.refcount += 1;
5622
0
      }
5623
5624
    /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
5625
       against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
5626
       against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
5627
       into the shared library.  However, if we are linking with
5628
       -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
5629
       global symbol which is defined in an object we are
5630
       including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set).  At
5631
       this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
5632
       possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
5633
       later (it is never cleared).  We account for that
5634
       possibility below by storing information in the
5635
       dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
5636
       situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
5637
       visibility changes render the symbol local.
5638
5639
       If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
5640
       may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
5641
       dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
5642
       symbol.  */
5643
0
    if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
5644
0
         && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5645
0
         && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
5646
0
       || (h != NULL
5647
0
           && (! info->symbolic
5648
0
         || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
5649
0
         || !h->def_regular))))
5650
0
        || (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5651
0
      && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5652
0
      && h != NULL
5653
0
      && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
5654
0
          || !h->def_regular)))
5655
0
      {
5656
0
        struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
5657
0
        struct elf_dyn_relocs **head;
5658
5659
0
        if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
5660
0
    htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
5661
5662
        /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
5663
     reloc types into the output file.  We create a reloc
5664
     section in dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */
5665
0
        if (sreloc == NULL)
5666
0
    {
5667
0
      sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
5668
0
        (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ true);
5669
5670
0
      if (sreloc == NULL)
5671
0
        return false;
5672
0
    }
5673
5674
        /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
5675
     relocations we need for this symbol.  */
5676
0
        if (h != NULL)
5677
0
    head = &h->dyn_relocs;
5678
0
        else
5679
0
    {
5680
      /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.  */
5681
0
      asection *s;
5682
0
      void *vpp;
5683
0
      Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
5684
5685
0
      isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->root.sym_cache,
5686
0
            abfd, r_symndx);
5687
0
      if (isym == NULL)
5688
0
        return false;
5689
5690
0
      s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
5691
0
      if (s == NULL)
5692
0
        s = sec;
5693
5694
0
      vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
5695
0
      head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
5696
0
    }
5697
5698
0
        p = *head;
5699
0
        if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
5700
0
    {
5701
0
      size_t amt = sizeof (*p);
5702
0
      p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
5703
0
      if (p == NULL)
5704
0
        return false;
5705
0
      p->next = *head;
5706
0
      *head = p;
5707
0
      p->sec = sec;
5708
0
      p->count = 0;
5709
0
      p->pc_count = 0;
5710
0
    }
5711
5712
0
        p->count += 1;
5713
0
        if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
5714
0
    p->pc_count += 1;
5715
0
      }
5716
5717
    /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
5718
       If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
5719
       fixup.  */
5720
0
    if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
5721
0
        && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
5722
0
        && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5723
0
      htab->srofixup->size += 4;
5724
0
    break;
5725
5726
0
  case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
5727
0
    if (bfd_link_dll (info))
5728
0
      {
5729
0
        _bfd_error_handler
5730
0
    (_("%pB: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
5731
0
     abfd);
5732
0
        return false;
5733
0
      }
5734
5735
0
    break;
5736
5737
0
  case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
5738
    /* Nothing to do.  */
5739
0
    break;
5740
5741
0
  default:
5742
0
    break;
5743
0
  }
5744
0
    }
5745
5746
0
  return true;
5747
0
}
5748
5749
#ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
5750
static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
5751
5752
static bool
5753
sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
5754
2.77k
{
5755
2.77k
  flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
5756
5757
2.77k
  if (flags >= ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table))
5758
65
    return false;
5759
5760
2.70k
  if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
5761
55
    return false;
5762
5763
2.65k
  bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
5764
5765
2.65k
  return true;
5766
2.70k
}
5767
5768
5769
/* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
5770
   Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
5771
   return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
5772
   Return -1 if no match is found.  */
5773
5774
int
5775
sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
5776
0
{
5777
0
  int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
5778
5779
0
  for (; i>0; i--)
5780
0
    if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
5781
0
      return i;
5782
5783
  /* shouldn't get here */
5784
0
  BFD_FAIL();
5785
5786
0
  return -1;
5787
0
}
5788
#endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
5789
5790
#ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
5791
/* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
5792
5793
static bool
5794
sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
5795
6
{
5796
6
  if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
5797
0
    return true;
5798
5799
6
  if (! _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
5800
0
    return false;
5801
5802
6
  return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
5803
6
}
5804
#endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
5805
5806
#ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
5807
5808
/* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
5809
   corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags.  */
5810
5811
int
5812
sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
5813
0
{
5814
0
  extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
5815
0
  unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
5816
5817
0
  return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
5818
0
}
5819
5820
/* Merge the architecture type of two BFD files, such that the
5821
   resultant architecture supports all the features required
5822
   by the two input BFDs.
5823
   If the input BFDs are multually incompatible - i.e. one uses
5824
   DSP while the other uses FPU - or there is no known architecture
5825
   that fits the requirements then an error is emitted.  */
5826
5827
static bool
5828
sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
5829
0
{
5830
0
  bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
5831
0
  unsigned int old_arch, new_arch, merged_arch;
5832
5833
0
  if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
5834
0
    return false;
5835
5836
0
  old_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
5837
0
  new_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (ibfd));
5838
5839
0
  merged_arch = SH_MERGE_ARCH_SET (old_arch, new_arch);
5840
5841
0
  if (!SH_VALID_CO_ARCH_SET (merged_arch))
5842
0
    {
5843
0
      _bfd_error_handler
5844
  /* xgettext:c-format */
5845
0
  (_("%pB: uses %s instructions while previous modules "
5846
0
     "use %s instructions"),
5847
0
   ibfd,
5848
0
   SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "dsp" : "floating point",
5849
0
   SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "floating point" : "dsp");
5850
0
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5851
0
      return false;
5852
0
    }
5853
0
  else if (!SH_VALID_ARCH_SET (merged_arch))
5854
0
    {
5855
0
      _bfd_error_handler
5856
  /* xgettext:c-format */
5857
0
  (_("internal error: merge of architecture '%s' with "
5858
0
     "architecture '%s' produced unknown architecture"),
5859
0
   bfd_printable_name (obfd),
5860
0
   bfd_printable_name (ibfd));
5861
0
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5862
0
      return false;
5863
0
    }
5864
5865
0
  bfd_default_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_sh,
5866
0
           sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (merged_arch));
5867
5868
0
  return true;
5869
0
}
5870
5871
/* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
5872
   calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility.  */
5873
5874
static bool
5875
sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
5876
0
{
5877
0
  bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
5878
5879
  /* FIXME: What should be checked when linking shared libraries?  */
5880
0
  if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
5881
0
    return true;
5882
5883
0
  if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
5884
0
    return true;
5885
5886
0
  if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
5887
0
    {
5888
      /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file.  */
5889
0
      elf_flags_init (obfd) = true;
5890
0
      elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
5891
0
      sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
5892
0
      if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
5893
0
  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
5894
0
    }
5895
5896
0
  if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, info))
5897
0
    {
5898
0
      _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: uses instructions which are incompatible "
5899
0
          "with instructions used in previous modules"),
5900
0
        ibfd);
5901
0
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5902
0
      return false;
5903
0
    }
5904
5905
0
  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
5906
0
  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
5907
0
    sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
5908
5909
0
  if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
5910
0
    {
5911
0
      _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects"),
5912
0
        ibfd);
5913
0
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5914
0
      return false;
5915
0
    }
5916
5917
0
  return true;
5918
0
}
5919
#endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
5920
5921
/* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
5922
   as the specific tdata.  We set also the machine architecture from flags
5923
   here.  */
5924
5925
static bool
5926
sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
5927
2.76k
{
5928
2.76k
  if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
5929
120
    return false;
5930
5931
2.64k
  return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
5932
2.64k
    == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
5933
2.76k
}
5934
5935
/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
5936
   dynamic sections here.  */
5937
5938
static bool
5939
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5940
            struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5941
            Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5942
0
{
5943
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
5944
5945
0
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
5946
5947
0
  if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
5948
0
    {
5949
0
      asection *splt;
5950
0
      asection *sgotplt;
5951
0
      asection *srelplt;
5952
5953
0
      bfd_vma plt_index;
5954
0
      bfd_vma got_offset;
5955
0
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
5956
0
      bfd_byte *loc;
5957
0
      const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
5958
5959
      /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
5960
   it up.  */
5961
5962
0
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
5963
5964
0
      splt = htab->root.splt;
5965
0
      sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
5966
0
      srelplt = htab->root.srelplt;
5967
0
      BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
5968
5969
      /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
5970
   corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol
5971
   in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The
5972
   first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.  */
5973
0
      plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
5974
5975
0
      plt_info = htab->plt_info;
5976
0
      if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
5977
0
  plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
5978
5979
      /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
5980
   corresponds to this function.  */
5981
0
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
5982
  /* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
5983
     before the end of .got.plt.  Each descriptor is eight
5984
     bytes.  */
5985
0
  got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
5986
0
      else
5987
  /* Each .got entry is 4 bytes.  The first three are
5988
     reserved.  */
5989
0
  got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
5990
5991
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
5992
      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5993
  got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
5994
#endif
5995
5996
      /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
5997
0
      memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
5998
0
        plt_info->symbol_entry,
5999
0
        plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6000
6001
0
      if (bfd_link_pic (info) || htab->fdpic_p)
6002
0
  {
6003
0
    if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
6004
0
      {
6005
0
        bfd_reloc_status_type r;
6006
0
        r = install_movi20_field (info->output_bfd, got_offset,
6007
0
          splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
6008
0
          h->plt.offset
6009
0
          + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6010
0
        BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
6011
0
      }
6012
0
    else
6013
0
      install_plt_field (info->output_bfd, false, got_offset,
6014
0
             (splt->contents
6015
0
        + h->plt.offset
6016
0
        + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6017
0
  }
6018
0
      else
6019
0
  {
6020
0
    BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
6021
6022
0
    install_plt_field (info->output_bfd, false,
6023
0
           (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6024
0
            + sgotplt->output_offset
6025
0
            + got_offset),
6026
0
           (splt->contents
6027
0
            + h->plt.offset
6028
0
            + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6029
0
    if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
6030
0
      {
6031
0
        unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
6032
0
        int distance;
6033
6034
        /* Divide the PLT into groups.  The first group contains
6035
     REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
6036
     PLTS_PER_4K entries.  Entries in the first group can
6037
     branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
6038
     to the last element of the previous group.  */
6039
        /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
6040
     the common resolver stub.  */
6041
0
        reachable_plts = ((4096
6042
0
         - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
6043
0
         - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
6044
0
        / plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
6045
0
        plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6046
0
        if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
6047
0
    distance = -(h->plt.offset
6048
0
           + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
6049
0
        else
6050
0
    distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
6051
0
           * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6052
6053
        /* Install the 'bra' with this offset.  */
6054
0
        bfd_put_16 (info->output_bfd,
6055
0
        0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
6056
0
        (splt->contents
6057
0
         + h->plt.offset
6058
0
         + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6059
0
      }
6060
0
    else
6061
0
      install_plt_field (info->output_bfd, true,
6062
0
             splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
6063
0
             (splt->contents
6064
0
        + h->plt.offset
6065
0
        + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6066
0
  }
6067
6068
      /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt.  */
6069
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
6070
      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6071
  got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
6072
#endif
6073
0
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6074
0
  got_offset = plt_index * 8;
6075
6076
0
      if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
6077
0
  install_plt_field (info->output_bfd, false,
6078
0
         plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
6079
0
         (splt->contents
6080
0
          + h->plt.offset
6081
0
          + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
6082
6083
      /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */
6084
0
      bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
6085
0
      (splt->output_section->vma
6086
0
       + splt->output_offset
6087
0
       + h->plt.offset
6088
0
       + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
6089
0
      sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
6090
0
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6091
0
  bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
6092
0
        sh_elf_osec_to_segment (info->output_bfd,
6093
0
              splt->output_section),
6094
0
        sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
6095
6096
      /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
6097
0
      rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6098
0
          + sgotplt->output_offset
6099
0
          + got_offset);
6100
0
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6101
0
  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
6102
0
      else
6103
0
  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
6104
0
      rel.r_addend = 0;
6105
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
6106
      rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
6107
#endif
6108
0
      loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6109
0
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6110
6111
0
      if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
6112
0
  {
6113
    /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
6114
       Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation.  */
6115
0
    loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
6116
0
     + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
6117
6118
    /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
6119
       for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry.  */
6120
0
    rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
6121
0
        + splt->output_offset
6122
0
        + h->plt.offset
6123
0
        + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6124
0
    rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6125
0
    rel.r_addend = got_offset;
6126
0
    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6127
0
    loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6128
6129
    /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
6130
       the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt.  */
6131
0
    rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6132
0
        + sgotplt->output_offset
6133
0
        + got_offset);
6134
0
    rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6135
0
    rel.r_addend = 0;
6136
0
    bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (info->output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6137
0
  }
6138
6139
0
      if (!h->def_regular)
6140
0
  {
6141
    /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
6142
       the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
6143
0
    sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6144
0
  }
6145
0
    }
6146
6147
0
  if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
6148
0
      && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
6149
0
      && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
6150
0
      && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
6151
0
    {
6152
0
      asection *sgot;
6153
0
      asection *srelgot;
6154
0
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6155
0
      bfd_byte *loc;
6156
6157
      /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
6158
   up.  */
6159
6160
0
      sgot = htab->root.sgot;
6161
0
      srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
6162
0
      BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
6163
6164
0
      rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
6165
0
          + sgot->output_offset
6166
0
          + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
6167
6168
      /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
6169
   symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
6170
   of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
6171
   The entry in the global offset table will already have been
6172
   initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
6173
0
      if (bfd_link_pic (info)
6174
0
    && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6175
0
        || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6176
0
    && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
6177
0
  {
6178
0
    if (htab->fdpic_p)
6179
0
      {
6180
0
        asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
6181
0
        int dynindx
6182
0
    = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6183
6184
0
        rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
6185
0
        rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6186
0
            + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6187
0
      }
6188
0
    else
6189
0
      {
6190
0
        rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
6191
0
        rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6192
0
            + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6193
0
            + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6194
0
      }
6195
0
  }
6196
0
      else
6197
0
  {
6198
0
    bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
6199
0
    rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
6200
0
    rel.r_addend = 0;
6201
0
  }
6202
6203
0
      loc = srelgot->contents;
6204
0
      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6205
0
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6206
0
    }
6207
6208
0
  if (h->needs_copy)
6209
0
    {
6210
0
      asection *s;
6211
0
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6212
0
      bfd_byte *loc;
6213
6214
      /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
6215
6216
0
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
6217
0
      && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6218
0
          || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
6219
6220
0
      s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".rela.bss");
6221
0
      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6222
6223
0
      rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
6224
0
          + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6225
0
          + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6226
0
      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
6227
0
      rel.r_addend = 0;
6228
0
      loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6229
0
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6230
0
    }
6231
6232
  /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  On VxWorks,
6233
     _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
6234
     ".got" section.  */
6235
0
  if (h == htab->root.hdynamic
6236
0
      || (htab->root.target_os != is_vxworks && h == htab->root.hgot))
6237
0
    sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6238
6239
0
  return true;
6240
0
}
6241
6242
/* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
6243
6244
static bool
6245
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (struct bfd_link_info *info,
6246
        bfd_byte *buf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6247
0
{
6248
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6249
0
  asection *sgotplt;
6250
0
  asection *sdyn;
6251
6252
0
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6253
0
  if (htab == NULL)
6254
0
    return false;
6255
6256
0
  sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
6257
0
  sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
6258
6259
0
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
6260
0
    {
6261
0
      asection *splt;
6262
0
      Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
6263
6264
0
      BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
6265
6266
0
      dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
6267
0
      dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
6268
0
      for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
6269
0
  {
6270
0
    Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
6271
0
    asection *s;
6272
6273
0
    bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
6274
6275
0
    switch (dyn.d_tag)
6276
0
      {
6277
0
      default:
6278
0
#ifdef OBJ_MAYBE_ELF_VXWORKS
6279
0
        if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks
6280
0
      && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (info->output_bfd, &dyn))
6281
0
    bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (info->output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6282
0
#endif /* OBJ_MAYBE_ELF_VXWORKS */
6283
0
        break;
6284
6285
0
      case DT_PLTGOT:
6286
0
        BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
6287
0
        s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
6288
0
        dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
6289
0
    + s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
6290
0
        bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (info->output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6291
0
        break;
6292
6293
0
      case DT_JMPREL:
6294
0
        s = htab->root.srelplt;
6295
0
        dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
6296
0
        bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (info->output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6297
0
        break;
6298
6299
0
      case DT_PLTRELSZ:
6300
0
        s = htab->root.srelplt;
6301
0
        dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
6302
0
        bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (info->output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6303
0
        break;
6304
0
      }
6305
0
  }
6306
6307
      /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
6308
0
      splt = htab->root.splt;
6309
0
      if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
6310
0
  {
6311
0
    unsigned int i;
6312
6313
0
    memcpy (splt->contents,
6314
0
      htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
6315
0
      htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
6316
0
    for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
6317
0
      if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
6318
0
        install_plt_field (info->output_bfd, false,
6319
0
         (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6320
0
          + sgotplt->output_offset
6321
0
          + (i * 4)),
6322
0
         (splt->contents
6323
0
          + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
6324
6325
0
    if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
6326
0
      {
6327
        /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents.  */
6328
0
        Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6329
0
        bfd_byte *loc;
6330
6331
        /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
6332
     first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8.  */
6333
0
        loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
6334
0
        rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
6335
0
            + splt->output_offset
6336
0
            + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
6337
0
        rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6338
0
        rel.r_addend = 8;
6339
0
        bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6340
0
        loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6341
6342
        /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
6343
     They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
6344
     _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
6345
     output.  */
6346
0
        while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
6347
0
    {
6348
      /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot.  */
6349
0
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (info->output_bfd, loc, &rel);
6350
0
      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
6351
0
               R_SH_DIR32);
6352
0
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (info->output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6353
0
      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6354
6355
      /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt.  */
6356
0
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (info->output_bfd, loc, &rel);
6357
0
      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
6358
0
               R_SH_DIR32);
6359
0
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (info->output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6360
0
      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6361
0
    }
6362
0
      }
6363
6364
    /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
6365
       really seem like the right value.  */
6366
0
    elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
6367
0
  }
6368
0
    }
6369
6370
  /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
6371
0
  if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
6372
0
    {
6373
0
      if (sdyn == NULL)
6374
0
  bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 0, sgotplt->contents);
6375
0
      else
6376
0
  bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
6377
0
        sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
6378
0
        sgotplt->contents);
6379
0
      bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
6380
0
      bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
6381
0
    }
6382
6383
0
  if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
6384
0
    elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
6385
6386
  /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */
6387
0
  if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
6388
0
    {
6389
0
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
6390
0
      bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
6391
0
  + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6392
0
  + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
6393
6394
0
      sh_elf_add_rofixup (info->output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
6395
6396
      /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups.  */
6397
0
      BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
6398
0
    }
6399
6400
0
  if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
6401
0
    BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
6402
0
    == htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
6403
6404
0
  if (htab->root.srelgot)
6405
0
    BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
6406
0
    == htab->root.srelgot->size);
6407
6408
0
  return true;
6409
0
}
6410
6411
static enum elf_reloc_type_class
6412
sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6413
       const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6414
       const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
6415
0
{
6416
0
  switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
6417
0
    {
6418
0
    case R_SH_RELATIVE:
6419
0
      return reloc_class_relative;
6420
0
    case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
6421
0
      return reloc_class_plt;
6422
0
    case R_SH_COPY:
6423
0
      return reloc_class_copy;
6424
0
    default:
6425
0
      return reloc_class_normal;
6426
0
    }
6427
0
}
6428
6429
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
6430
/* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections.  */
6431
6432
static bool
6433
elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
6434
1
{
6435
1
  int offset;
6436
1
  unsigned int size;
6437
6438
1
  switch (note->descsz)
6439
1
    {
6440
1
      default:
6441
1
  return false;
6442
6443
0
      case 168:   /* Linux/SH */
6444
  /* pr_cursig */
6445
0
  elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
6446
6447
  /* pr_pid */
6448
0
  elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
6449
6450
  /* pr_reg */
6451
0
  offset = 72;
6452
0
  size = 92;
6453
6454
0
  break;
6455
1
    }
6456
6457
  /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
6458
0
  return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
6459
0
            size, note->descpos + offset);
6460
1
}
6461
6462
static bool
6463
elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
6464
1
{
6465
1
  switch (note->descsz)
6466
1
    {
6467
1
      default:
6468
1
  return false;
6469
6470
0
      case 124:   /* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
6471
0
  elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
6472
0
   = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
6473
0
  elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
6474
0
   = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
6475
1
    }
6476
6477
  /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
6478
     onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
6479
     implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
6480
6481
0
  {
6482
0
    char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
6483
0
    int n = strlen (command);
6484
6485
0
    if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
6486
0
      command[n - 1] = '\0';
6487
0
  }
6488
6489
0
  return true;
6490
1
}
6491
#endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
6492
6493
6494
/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
6495
   or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
6496
6497
static bfd_vma
6498
sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
6499
        const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6500
0
{
6501
0
  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
6502
6503
0
  plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
6504
0
  return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
6505
0
}
6506
6507
/* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
6508
   shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section.  */
6509
6510
static bool
6511
sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6512
            struct bfd_link_info *info,
6513
            asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6514
0
{
6515
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6516
6517
  /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general.  */
6518
0
  if (htab->fdpic_p)
6519
0
    return false;
6520
6521
0
  return true;
6522
0
}
6523
6524
/* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output.  */
6525
6526
static bfd_byte
6527
sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
6528
        struct bfd_link_info *info,
6529
        asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
6530
        asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
6531
        bfd_vma *encoded)
6532
0
{
6533
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6534
0
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6535
6536
0
  if (!htab->fdpic_p)
6537
0
    return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
6538
0
               loc_offset, encoded);
6539
6540
0
  h = htab->root.hgot;
6541
0
  BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
6542
6543
0
  if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
6544
0
        == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
6545
0
    return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
6546
0
               loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
6547
6548
0
  BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
6549
0
        == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
6550
0
      (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
6551
6552
0
  *encoded = osec->vma + offset
6553
0
    - (h->root.u.def.value
6554
0
       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6555
0
       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6556
6557
0
  return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
6558
0
}
6559
6560
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
6561
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM    sh_elf32_vec
6562
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME   "elf32-sh"
6563
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_le_vec
6564
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME  "elf32-shl"
6565
#endif
6566
6567
#define ELF_ARCH    bfd_arch_sh
6568
#define ELF_TARGET_ID   SH_ELF_DATA
6569
#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE  EM_SH
6570
#ifdef __QNXTARGET__
6571
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE   0x1000
6572
#else
6573
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE   0x80
6574
#endif
6575
6576
#define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
6577
6578
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
6579
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
6580
          sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
6581
#define elf_info_to_howto   sh_elf_info_to_howto
6582
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section sh_elf_relax_section
6583
#define elf_backend_relocate_section  sh_elf_relocate_section
6584
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
6585
          sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
6586
#define bfd_elf32_mkobject    sh_elf_mkobject
6587
#define elf_backend_object_p    sh_elf_object_p
6588
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
6589
          sh_elf_copy_private_data
6590
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
6591
          sh_elf_merge_private_data
6592
6593
#define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook  sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
6594
#define elf_backend_check_relocs  sh_elf_check_relocs
6595
#define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
6596
          sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
6597
#define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
6598
          sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
6599
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
6600
          sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
6601
#define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
6602
          sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
6603
#define elf_backend_early_size_sections sh_elf_early_size_sections
6604
#define elf_backend_late_size_sections  sh_elf_late_size_sections
6605
#define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
6606
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
6607
          sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
6608
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
6609
          sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
6610
#define elf_backend_reloc_type_class  sh_elf_reloc_type_class
6611
#define elf_backend_plt_sym_val   sh_elf_plt_sym_val
6612
#define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
6613
          sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
6614
#define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
6615
          sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
6616
#define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
6617
          sh_elf_encode_eh_address
6618
6619
#define elf_backend_stack_align   8
6620
#define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
6621
#define elf_backend_can_refcount  1
6622
#define elf_backend_want_got_plt  1
6623
#define elf_backend_plt_readonly  1
6624
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym  0
6625
#define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
6626
#define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt  1
6627
6628
#define elf_backend_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 true
6629
6630
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
6631
6632
#include "elf32-target.h"
6633
6634
/* NetBSD support.  */
6635
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
6636
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM      sh_elf32_nbsd_vec
6637
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
6638
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME     "elf32-sh-nbsd"
6639
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
6640
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM   sh_elf32_nbsd_le_vec
6641
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
6642
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME    "elf32-shl-nbsd"
6643
#undef  ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
6644
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE     0x10000
6645
#undef  ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
6646
#undef  elf_symbol_leading_char
6647
#define elf_symbol_leading_char   0
6648
#undef  elf32_bed
6649
#define elf32_bed     elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
6650
6651
#include "elf32-target.h"
6652
6653
6654
/* Linux support.  */
6655
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
6656
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM      sh_elf32_linux_be_vec
6657
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
6658
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME     "elf32-shbig-linux"
6659
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
6660
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM   sh_elf32_linux_vec
6661
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
6662
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME    "elf32-sh-linux"
6663
#undef  ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
6664
#define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE    0x1000
6665
6666
#undef  elf_backend_grok_prstatus
6667
#define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
6668
#undef  elf_backend_grok_psinfo
6669
#define elf_backend_grok_psinfo   elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
6670
#undef  elf32_bed
6671
#define elf32_bed     elf32_sh_lin_bed
6672
6673
#include "elf32-target.h"
6674
6675
6676
/* FDPIC support.  */
6677
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
6678
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM      sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec
6679
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
6680
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME     "elf32-shbig-fdpic"
6681
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
6682
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM   sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
6683
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
6684
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME    "elf32-sh-fdpic"
6685
6686
#undef  elf32_bed
6687
#define elf32_bed     elf32_sh_fd_bed
6688
6689
#include "elf32-target.h"
6690
6691
#ifdef OBJ_MAYBE_ELF_VXWORKS
6692
6693
/* VxWorks support.  */
6694
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
6695
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM      sh_elf32_vxworks_vec
6696
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
6697
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME     "elf32-sh-vxworks"
6698
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
6699
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM   sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
6700
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
6701
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME    "elf32-shl-vxworks"
6702
#undef  elf32_bed
6703
#define elf32_bed     elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
6704
6705
#undef  elf_backend_want_plt_sym
6706
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym  1
6707
#undef  elf_symbol_leading_char
6708
#define elf_symbol_leading_char   '_'
6709
#define elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
6710
#undef  elf_backend_grok_prstatus
6711
#undef  elf_backend_grok_psinfo
6712
#undef  elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
6713
#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
6714
#undef  elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
6715
#define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
6716
          elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
6717
#undef  elf_backend_emit_relocs
6718
#define elf_backend_emit_relocs   elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
6719
#undef  elf_backend_final_write_processing
6720
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
6721
          elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
6722
#undef  ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
6723
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE     0x1000
6724
#undef  ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
6725
6726
#undef  ELF_TARGET_OS
6727
#define ELF_TARGET_OS     is_vxworks
6728
6729
#include "elf32-target.h"
6730
6731
#endif /* OBJ_MAYBE_ELF_VXWORKS */
6732
6733
#endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */